-
1 chemin
chemin [∫(ə)mɛ̃]1. masculine noun• ils ont fait tout le chemin à pied/en bicyclette they walked/cycled the whole way• nos chemins se sont croisés our paths crossed (PROV) tous les chemins mènent à Rome(PROV) all roads lead to Rome• il a fait du chemin ! he has come a long way• il est toujours sur mon chemin he turns up wherever I go ; (comme obstacle) he always stands in my way• ne t'arrête pas en si bon chemin ! don't stop now when you're doing so well2. compounds► le chemin de croix, le chemin de croix du Christ the Way of the Cross ; (dans une église) the Stations of the Cross• employé des chemins de fer railway (Brit) or railroad (US) worker ► Chemins de fer fédéraux Swiss Railways* * *ʃ(ə)mɛ̃nom masculin1) ( route) country road; ( étroit) lane; ( de terre) ( pour véhicule) track; ( pour piétons) path2) ( passage) wayles obstacles qui sont or se trouvent sur mon chemin — lit, fig the obstacles which stand in my way
3) (direction, itinéraire, trajet) waysur le chemin du retour/de l'école — on the way back/to school
reprendre le chemin du bureau — to go back to the office ou to work
on a fait un bout de chemin ensemble — ( à pied) we walked along together for a while; ( dans la vie) we were together for a while
chemin faisant, en chemin — on ou along the way
faire tout le chemin à pied/en boitant — to walk/to limp all the way
il a su trouver le chemin de mon cœur — fig he's found the way to my heart
cette femme fera/a fait du chemin — this woman will go/has come a long way
montrer le chemin — ( donner l'exemple) to lead the way
être sur le bon chemin — gén to be heading in the right direction
s'arrêter en chemin — lit to stop off on the way; fig to stop
le chemin de la célébrité/perdition — the road to fame/ruin
4) ( tapis) (carpet) runner•Phrasal Verbs:* * *ʃ(ə)mɛ̃ nm1) (où l'on marche) pathJe suis descendu à la plage par un petit chemin. — I went down a little path to the beach.
2) (= itinéraire, trajet) wayen chemin; chemin faisant — on the way
Je mangerai mon sandwich en chemin. — I'll eat my sandwich on the way.
3) figfaire un bout de chemin avec qn (= travailler avec qn) — to work with sb, (= avoir une relation suivie avec qn) to have a relationship with sb
faire un bout de chemin ensemble; Nous avons fait un bout de chemin ensemble et c'est ce qui compte le plus. — We were together for a while, and that's what is most important.
ramener qn sur le droit chemin; remettre qn dans le droit chemin — to get sb back on the straight and narrow
* * *chemin nm1 ( route) country road; ( étroit) lane; ( de terre) ( pour véhicule) track; ( pour piétons) path; être toujours sur les chemins to be always on the road; le chemin du village the road (that leads) to the village; ⇒ quatre, Rome;2 ( passage) way; se frayer un chemin à travers les broussailles to clear a way through the undergrowth; les obstacles qui sont or se trouvent sur mon chemin lit, fig the obstacles which stand in my way;3 (direction, itinéraire, trajet) way; indiquer le/demander son or le chemin à qn to tell/to ask sb the way; se tromper de chemin to go the wrong way; sur le chemin du retour/ de l'école on the way back/to school; reprendre le chemin du bureau to go back to the office ou to work; Aix? c'est (sur) mon chemin Aix? it's on my way; c'est le plus court chemin entre Pau et Oloron it's the quickest way from Pau to Oloron; le plus court chemin vers la paix the shortest path to peace; on a fait un bout de chemin ensemble ( à pied) we walked along together for a while; ( dans la vie) we were together for a while; continuer or passer or aller son chemin to continue on one's way; passez votre chemin! liter go on your way!; chemin faisant, en chemin on ou along the way; faire tout le chemin à pied/en boitant to walk/to limp all the way; il a su trouver le chemin de mon cœur fig he's found the way to my heart; avoir du chemin à faire to have a long way to go; on a fait du chemin we've come a long way; cette femme fera/a fait du chemin this woman will go/has come a long way; l'idée fait/a fait son chemin the idea is gaining/has gained ground; faire la moitié du chemin ( être conciliant) to meet sb halfway; montrer le chemin ( donner l'exemple) to lead the way, to set an example; être sur le bon chemin gén to be heading in the right direction; [malade] to be on the road to recovery; prendre le chemin de la faillite/l'échec to be heading for bankruptcy/failure; il a l'air d'en prendre le chemin he seems to be heading that way; s'arrêter en chemin lit to stop off on the way; fig to stop; tu ne vas pas t'arrêter en si bon chemin! don't stop when things are going so well!; le chemin de la gloire the path of glory; le chemin de la célébrité/perdition the road to fame/ruin; le destin l'a mis sur mon chemin fate threw him in my path; ⇒ bonhomme, droit;4 ( tapis) (carpet) runner.chemin acoustique sûr Mil reliable acoustic path; chemin de câbles cable tray; chemin charretier cart track; chemin creux sunken lane; chemin critique critical path; le chemin de Damas Relig the road to Damascus; trouver son chemin de Damas to see the light; le chemin des écoliers the long way round GB ou around US; prendre le chemin des écoliers to take the long way round GB ou around US; chemin de fer Rail ( infrastructure) railway, railroad US; ( mode de transport) rail; Jeux chemin de fer; par chemin de fer by rail; chemin de halage towpath; le chemin de (la) croix Relig the stations (pl) of the Cross; chemin de ronde path roundGB the battlements; chemin de roulement Aviat taxiway; Tech roller conveyor; chemin de table (table) runner; chemin de terre ( pour véhicule) dirt track; ( pour piétons) path; chemin de traverse path across ou through the fields; chemin vicinal country lane.[ʃ(ə)mɛ̃] nom masculinbandit ou voleur de grand chemin ou grands chemins highwayman2. [parcours, trajet] wayfaire ou abattre du chemin to go a long wayon s'est retrouvé à mi-chemin ou à moitié chemin we met halfwaypas de problème, c'est sur mon chemin no problem, it's on my wayc'est le chemin le plus court/long it's the shortest/longest waynous avons fait tout le chemin à pied/en voiture we walked/drove all the wayse frayer ou s'ouvrir un chemin dans la foule to force one's way through the crowdprendre des chemins détournés pour faire quelque chose (figuré) to use roundabout means in order to do somethingil voudrait devenir avocat, mais il n'en prend pas le chemin he'd like to be a lawyer, but he's not going about it the right wayouvrir/montrer le chemin to open/to lead the waya. [personne] to make one's way in lifeb. [idée] to catch oncet enfant fera du chemin, croyez-moi! this child will go far ou a long way, believe me!être/rester sur le droit chemin to be on/to keep to the straight and narrow4. RELIGION5. [napperon]6. INFORMATIQUEchemin faisant locution adverbialeon the way, on one's wayen chemin locution adverbialeon the way ou one's waynous en avons parlé en chemin we talked about it on the way ou on our way -
2 travers
travers [tʀavεʀ]masculine nouna. ( = défaut) failing• tomber dans le travers qui consiste à faire... to make the mistake of doing...c. (locutions)• la palissade est délabrée: on voit au travers/le vent passe au travers the fence is falling down and you can see through/the wind comes through• tout le monde a eu la grippe mais je suis passé au travers everyone had flu but I managed to avoid it► de travers ( = pas droit) crooked• aller or marcher de travers to be going wrong• avoir la bouche/le nez de travers to have a crooked mouth/nose• marcher de travers [ivrogne] to stagger along• couper/scier en travers to cut/saw across• le véhicule dérapa et se mit en travers (de la route) the vehicle skidded and stopped across the road* * *tʀavɛʀ
1.
nom masculin invariable1) ( petit défaut) foible, quirk; ( erreur) mistake3) Culinaire
2.
à travers locution1) ( ponctuel) [voir, regarder] throughpasser à travers les mailles du filet — lit, fig to slip through the net
2) ( dans l'espace) [voyager, marcher] acrosspasser or aller or couper à travers champs — to cut across the fields
3) ( dans le temps) through4) ( par l'intermédiaire de) through
3.
au travers locution ( en traversant) throughpasser au travers de — fig to escape [contrôle, inspection]
il y a eu des licenciements, heureusement il est passé au travers — there have been redundancies, fortunately his job wasn't affected
4.
de travers locution adverbiale1) ( dans une mauvaise position) askewj'ai avalé de travers — lit it went down the wrong way
regarder quelqu'un de travers — fig to give somebody filthy looks, to glare at somebody
2) ( de façon inexacte) wrong, wrongly
5.
en travers locution acrossse mettre en travers de la route — [personnes] to stand in the middle of the road
se mettre en travers du chemin de quelqu'un — fig to get in somebody's way
rester en travers de la gorge de quelqu'un — (colloq) fig [attitude] to stick in somebody's throat; [propos] to be hard to swallow
* * *tʀavɛʀ nm1)Cette vitre est tellement sale qu'on ne voit rien à travers. — This window is so dirty you can't see anything through it.
Il y avait un arbre en travers de la route. — There was a tree lying across the road.
de travers — crooked, askew
être de travers — to be crooked, to be askew
Son chapeau était de travers. — His hat was crooked.
avaler de travers; J'ai avalé de travers. — Something went down the wrong way.
comprendre de travers — to get the wrong idea, to misunderstand
Elle comprend toujours tout de travers. — She always gets the wrong idea.
2) (= défaut) fault, failing* * *A nm inv1 ( petit défaut) foible, quirk; ( erreur) mistake; il n'a pas succombé à ce travers he didn't make that mistake; le film ne tombe jamais dans le travers de la sensiblerie the film never lapses into sentimentality;3 Culin travers de porc sparerib.B à travers loc1 ( ponctuel) [voir, regarder] through; il est passé à travers tous les contrôles he slipped through all the checks; passer à travers les mailles du filet lit, fig to slip through the net; la vitre est si sale qu'on ne voit pas à travers the window is so dirty that you can't see through it; sentir le froid à travers ses gants to feel the cold through one's gloves;2 ( dans l'espace) [voyager, marcher] across; voyager à travers l'Europe/le monde to travel across Europe/the world; passer or aller or couper à travers champs to cut across the fields; se promener à travers les prés to walk through the fields; la maladie affecte des milliers de gens à travers le monde the disease affects thousands of people across the world; le mouvement s'étend à travers le pays the movement is spreading through ou across the country;3 ( dans le temps) through; voyager à travers le temps to travel through time; des événements qui se répètent à travers l'histoire events which recur through ou throughout history;4 ( par l'intermédiaire de) through; je ne le connais qu'à travers ses écrits I only know him through his writing; c'est le racisme qu'ils combattent à travers lui they're fighting racism through him; à travers ces informations through this information.C au travers loc1 ( en traversant) through; passer au travers de fig to escape [contrôle, inspection]; il y a eu des licenciements, heureusement il est passé au travers there have been redundancies, fortunately his job wasn't affected;2 ( par l'intermédiaire de) in; au travers d'une série d'entretiens in a series of interviews.D de travers loc adv1 ( dans une mauvaise position) askew; il a mis son chapeau de travers he has put his hat on askew; ta veste est boutonnée de travers your jacket is buttoned up wrongly; il a le nez de travers he has a twisted nose; marcher de travers to walk sideways; se garer de travers to park badly; j'ai avalé de travers lit it went down the wrong way; regarder qn de travers fig to give sb filthy looks, to glare at sb;2 ( de façon inexacte) wrong, wrongly; tout va de travers aujourd'hui everything's going wrong today; quand elle est de mauvaise humeur, elle prend tout de travers when she's in a bad mood, she takes everything the wrong way; je fais tout de travers aujourd'hui I can't do anything right today; comprendre de travers to misunderstand.E en travers loc ( en position transversale) across; un bus était en travers de la route a bus was sideways, blocking the road; se mettre en travers de la route [personnes] to stand in the middle of the road; la voiture a dérapé et s'est mise en travers de la route the car skidded and ended up sideways, blocking the road; se mettre en travers du chemin de qn fig to get in sb's way; avoir un os en travers de la gorge to have a bone stuck in one's throat; rester en travers de la gorge à qn○ fig [attitude, arrogance] to stick in sb's throat; [propos, insultes] to be hard to swallow; ⇒ long.[travɛr] nom masculin1. [largeur] breadth2. [viande]3. NAUTIQUEpar le travers abeam, on the beamelle tombait dans les mêmes travers que ses prédécesseurs she displayed the same shortcomings as her predecessors————————à travers locution prépositionnelleà travers la fenêtre/le plancher/les barreaux through the window/the floor/the barsprendre ou passer à travers champs to go through the fields ou across countryils ont prêché à travers tout le pays they went preaching throughout the length and breadth of the country————————au travers de locution prépositionnelle1. [en franchissant] through2. [par l'intermédiaire de] through, by means ofson idée se comprend mieux au travers de cette comparaison his idea is easier to understand by means of this comparison————————de travers locution adjectivale————————de travers locution adverbialemarcher de travers [ivrogne] to stagger ou to totter along2. [mal]elle comprend tout de travers! she gets everything wrong!, she always gets the wrong end of the stick!————————en travers locution adverbiale————————en travers de locution prépositionnelle -
3 stać
to stand; ( o fabryce) to be at a standstillstać na czele stać — +gen to (spear)head
stać w kolejce — to queue (up) (BRIT), to line up (US)
stać źle/dobrze — (o sprawach, interesach) to be going badly/well
* * *ipf.1. (= utrzymywać się w pionie) stand; stać na głowie stand on one's head; stanąć na głowie do a headstand; przen. bend l. lean over backwards; stanąć na rękach do a handstand; stać na palcach stand on tiptoe; stać prosto stand upright; stój, bo strzelam! freeze (or you're dead)! ledwie stoję ze zmęczenia I'm dead tired; stać! halt!2. (w miejscu, bez ruchu) stand still; stać na warcie keep guard l. watch; stać w kolejce stand in a line; Br. stand in a queue; stać po coś ( w kolejce) line up for sth; Br. queue up for sth; stać za ladą stand behind the counter; stać na czele czegoś spearhead sth; stać nad kimś ( w hierarchii) be superior to sb; stać nad grobem przen. have one foot in the grave; stać ponad prawem stand above the law; stać na stanowisku, że... be of the opinion that...; stać nad przepaścią przen. be on the brink of ruin; stać na własnych nogach przen. stand on one's own (two) feet; stać pod znakiem zapytania (o losach, przyszłości) be on a knife edge; stać otworem be wide open; drzwi naszego domu zawsze stoją dla was otworem you're always welcome in our house; kariera stoi przed tobą otworem you've got a glamorous career ahead you; stać przy kimś murem przen. stand firmly behind sb; stać w gotowości stand ready; stać w miejscu (= nie ruszać się) stand still; (= nie rozwijać się) be at a standstill; stać w obliczu klęski face defeat; stać w ogniu be on fire; stać ramię w ramię stand shoulder to shoulder; dobrze/źle stać ( o interesach) be going well/badly; armia stoi pod bronią the army is under l. in arms; coś stoi na przeszkodzie sth stands in the way; kto za tym stoi? przen. who's behind it?; nie wiem, na czym stoję I don't know where I stand; umowa stoi you got a deal.3. ( znajdować się) stand; kląć na czym świat stoi curse and swear; dom stał pod lasem the house stood on the edge of the forest; zboże stoi w polu corn stands l. is in the field.5. pot. (= mieć wartość) be rated; jak stoi dzisiaj dolar/euro? what's the dollar/euro today?; stoi? pot. (o umowie, zakładzie) is it a deal?6. (o sierści, włosach) bristle; obsc. ( o członku) be erect; włosy stały mu (dęba) na głowie his hair stood on end.7. przest. (= kwaterować) be quartered.8. nie stać mnie na kupno tego domu I can't afford to buy this house; stać mnie na taksówkę I can afford a taxi.The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > stać
-
4 pie
m.1 foot.a pie on footprefiero ir a pie I'd rather walk o go on footestar de o en pie to be on one's feet o standingponerse de o en pie to stand upllevamos dos horas de pie we've been on our feet for two hoursperder/no hacer pie to go/to be out of one's depthpie de atleta athlete's footpies de cerdo (pig's) trotterspies planos flat feet2 stand.pie de foto caption3 cue (Teatro).4 leg, central support.5 Computer Science Academic Program.6 pes.pret.indicat.1st person singular (yo) Preterite Indicative of Spanish verb: piar.* * *1 ANATOMÍA foot2 (base - de una lámpara) base; (- de una escultura) plinth3 (de un verso) foot4 (medida de longitud) foot5 (de un documento) foot; (de una fotografía, dibujo) caption\a los pies de la cama at the foot of the beda pie on footal pie de la letra word for wordal pie del cañón familiar hard at it, workingbuscarle los tres pies al gato familiar to split hairscreer algo a pies juntillas familiar to believe something implicitlydar pie a to give occasion forde los pies a la cabeza from head to toeempezar con buen/mal pie to start off on the right/wrong footestar en pie de guerra to be on a war footing 2 figurado to be on the war pathhacer pie to touch the bottomir con pies de plomo to tread very carefullynacer de pie to be born with a silver spoon in one's mouthno dar pie con bola to mess everything up, not get anything rightno tener ni pies ni cabeza to be ludicrous, be absurdpararle los pies a alguien to put somebody in their placeponer los pies en to set foot inponerse de/en pie to get to one's feet, stand upsaber de qué pie cojea alguien to know what somebody's weakness istenerse de pie to keep on one's feetpie de atleta athlete's footpie de imprenta imprintpies planos flat feet* * *noun m.1) foot2) cue* * *SM1) (Anat) footponer el pie en el acelerador — (lit) to step on the gas *; (fig) to speed things up, step up the pace
pies de cerdo — (Culin) (pig's) trotters
2) [locuciones]•
a pie — on footir a pie — to go on foot, walk
•
estar de pie — to be standing (up)permanecieron mucho tiempo de pie — they were standing for a long time, they were on their feet a long time
•
en pie, llevo en pie desde las cuatro — I've been up since fourmantenerse en pie — [persona] to stay standing o on one's feet; [objeto] to remain upright
ganado en pie — LAm cattle on the hoof
•
a pie enjuto — † (lit) dry-shod; (fig) without danger, without any risk•
a pie firme † —•
ponerse de o en pie — to stand up- de a piegente de a pie — common o ordinary folk
soldado de a pie — ( Hist) foot-soldier
se lo llevaron con los pies por delante — he left feet first, he left in a (wooden) box
desde el pasado sábado, mi padre no ha puesto los pies en casa — my father hasn't set foot in the house since last Saturday
- poner los pies en polvorosasin pies ni cabeza —
buscar 1., 1), a)el mensaje no tenía ni pies ni cabeza — the message didn't make any sense at all, I couldn't make head or tail of the message
3) (=base) [de columna, estatua, lámpara] base; [de cama] foot; [de colina, escalera] foot, bottom; [de copa] stem; [de calcetín] footal pie del monte — at the foot o bottom of the mountain
al pie de ese edificio — next to that building, right beside that building
al pie de la obra — (Com) including delivery charges
al pie del cañón —
4) [de página] foot, bottom; [de foto] caption5) (Bot) [de árbol] trunk; [de planta] stem; [de rosa] stock6) (=unidad de medida) foot7) (Teat) cue8) [de vino] sediment9) (=causa)•
dar pie a — to give cause for10) (=posición)•
estar en pie de igualdad — to be on an equal footing ( con with)estar en pie de guerra — (lit) to be on a war footing, be ready to go to war; (fig) to be on the warpath
11) (Literat) foot12) Cono Sur * (=pago) deposit, down payment13)pie de vía — CAm (Aut) indicator, turn signal (EEUU)
* * *I1)a) (Anat) foota sus pies, señora — (frml) at your service, madam (frml)
b) (en locs)¿vamos a pie o en coche? — shall we walk or take the car?
hoy ando a pie — (AmL) I'm without wheels today
al pie — (Col) very close, just round the corner
en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock; no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand; sólo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing; queda en pie la cita our date is still on; mi oferta/promesa sigue en pie my offer/promise still stands; ganado en pie (AmL) livestock, cattle on the hoof; andarse con pie(s) de plomo (fam) to tread very carefully o warily; a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet; a pie(s) juntillas: seguí a pies juntillas sus indicaciones I followed his instructions to the letter; creerse algo a pies juntillas to blindly believe something; buscarle tres or cinco pies al gato (fam) ( buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters; cojear del mismo pie (fam) to be two of a kind (colloq); con los pies (fam) badly; lleva la empresa con los pies he's making a hash o mess of running the company (colloq); con los pies por or para delante (fam & euf) feet first; con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the ground; con mal pie or con el pie izquierdo: empezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start; hoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today (AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today (BrE); no le des pie para que te critique don't give him cause o reason to criticize you; dar pie a algo murmuraciones/especulaciones to give rise to something; esto dio pie a una discusión this caused o was the cause of an argument; darle pie a alguien: de a pie common, ordinary; el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/person; de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq); echar pie atrás (Chi) to back down; en pie de guerra on a war footing; en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing; estar a pie (Chi fam) to be lost (colloq); estar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot; estar con un pie en el estribo (fam) to be about to leave; estar con un pie en la tumba or la sepultura or el hoyo to have one foot in the grave; hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom; írsele los pies a alguien: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet still; leche al pie de la vaca (AmL) milk fresh from the cow; levantarse/empezar con buen pie or con el pie derecho to get off to a good start; nacer de pie to be born under a lucky star; no doy/da pie con bola (fam) I/he can't get a thing right; no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever; un plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd plan; pararle a alguien los pies (Esp) to put somebody in his/her place (colloq); perder pie ( en el agua) to get out of one's depth; ( resbalarse) to lose one's footing; pies de barro feet of clay; poner (los) pies en polvorosa (fam) to take to one's heels (colloq); poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a place; por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help; saber de qué pie cojea alguien (Esp fam) to know somebody's faults o weak points; ser más viejo que andar a pie — (CS fam) to be as old as the hills (colloq)
2)a) (de calcetín, media) footb) (de lámpara, columna) base; ( de copa - base) base; (- parte vertical) stemc) (de página, escrito) foot, bottomuna nota a or al pie de página — a footnote
al pie or a los pies de la montaña — at the foot of the mountain
al pie del cañón: Ana se quedó al pie del cañón mientras el jefe estaba fuera Ana stayed here to hold the fort while the boss was away; ella es la que está siempre al pie del cañón — she's the one who's always there to keep things going
d) ( de cama) tb3) (Bot) cutting, slip4) ( medida) foot; (Lit) foot•II [pai]masculino (AmL) pie* * *I1)a) (Anat) foota sus pies, señora — (frml) at your service, madam (frml)
b) (en locs)¿vamos a pie o en coche? — shall we walk or take the car?
hoy ando a pie — (AmL) I'm without wheels today
al pie — (Col) very close, just round the corner
en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock; no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand; sólo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing; queda en pie la cita our date is still on; mi oferta/promesa sigue en pie my offer/promise still stands; ganado en pie (AmL) livestock, cattle on the hoof; andarse con pie(s) de plomo (fam) to tread very carefully o warily; a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet; a pie(s) juntillas: seguí a pies juntillas sus indicaciones I followed his instructions to the letter; creerse algo a pies juntillas to blindly believe something; buscarle tres or cinco pies al gato (fam) ( buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters; cojear del mismo pie (fam) to be two of a kind (colloq); con los pies (fam) badly; lleva la empresa con los pies he's making a hash o mess of running the company (colloq); con los pies por or para delante (fam & euf) feet first; con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the ground; con mal pie or con el pie izquierdo: empezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start; hoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today (AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today (BrE); no le des pie para que te critique don't give him cause o reason to criticize you; dar pie a algo murmuraciones/especulaciones to give rise to something; esto dio pie a una discusión this caused o was the cause of an argument; darle pie a alguien: de a pie common, ordinary; el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/person; de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq); echar pie atrás (Chi) to back down; en pie de guerra on a war footing; en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing; estar a pie (Chi fam) to be lost (colloq); estar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot; estar con un pie en el estribo (fam) to be about to leave; estar con un pie en la tumba or la sepultura or el hoyo to have one foot in the grave; hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom; írsele los pies a alguien: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet still; leche al pie de la vaca (AmL) milk fresh from the cow; levantarse/empezar con buen pie or con el pie derecho to get off to a good start; nacer de pie to be born under a lucky star; no doy/da pie con bola (fam) I/he can't get a thing right; no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever; un plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd plan; pararle a alguien los pies (Esp) to put somebody in his/her place (colloq); perder pie ( en el agua) to get out of one's depth; ( resbalarse) to lose one's footing; pies de barro feet of clay; poner (los) pies en polvorosa (fam) to take to one's heels (colloq); poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a place; por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help; saber de qué pie cojea alguien (Esp fam) to know somebody's faults o weak points; ser más viejo que andar a pie — (CS fam) to be as old as the hills (colloq)
2)a) (de calcetín, media) footb) (de lámpara, columna) base; ( de copa - base) base; (- parte vertical) stemc) (de página, escrito) foot, bottomuna nota a or al pie de página — a footnote
al pie or a los pies de la montaña — at the foot of the mountain
al pie del cañón: Ana se quedó al pie del cañón mientras el jefe estaba fuera Ana stayed here to hold the fort while the boss was away; ella es la que está siempre al pie del cañón — she's the one who's always there to keep things going
d) ( de cama) tb3) (Bot) cutting, slip4) ( medida) foot; (Lit) foot•II [pai]masculino (AmL) pie* * *pie11 = foot [feet, -pl.], tail, toe.Ex: She was tapping with her foot on the carpet.
Ex: The top and bottom of the book are known as the head and tail respectively, and the front is the fore-edge (rhymes with porridge); similarly the margins round the type on each page are called the head, tail, outer (at the fore-edge), and inner margins.Ex: The platen was lashed up tight to the toe of the spindle by cords which connected hooks at its four corners to another set of hooks at the four lower corners of the hose.* alfombra de pie de cama = bedside rug.* al pie (de) = at the bottom (of), at the foot (of).* al pie de la letra = to the letter.* andar con pies de plomo = tread + warily.* andarse con pies de plomo = walk on + eggshells.* apagar un fuego con los pies = stomp out + fire.* a pie = on foot, afoot, dismounted.* a poca distancia a pie = within an easy walk, within walking distance.* a pocos minutos a pie = within walking distance, within easy walking distance, within an easy walk.* apoyo para los pies = footrest.* arrastrando los pies = shuffling.* arrastrar los pies = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.* arreglarse los pies = pedicure.* atar de pies y manos = hogtie.* bajo los pies = underfoot.* baño de pies = footbath.* bomba de pie = foot pump.* buscarle cinco pies al gato = split + hairs.* buscarle los tres pies al gato = nitpick.* buscarle tres pies al gato = split + hairs.* caer de pie = land on + Posesivo + (own two) feet.* carrera a pie = foot race.* comenzar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.* comenzar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing.* con el pie deformado = clubfooted.* con la punta de los pies mirando hacia dentro = pigeon-toed.* con los pies sobre la tierra = down-to-earth.* con notas a pie de página = footnoted.* con pie firme = sure-footed.* con un pie en la tumba = over the hill.* cuidado de los pies = footcare.* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.* dedo del pie = toe.* dedo gordo del pie, el = big toe, the.* dedo meñique del pie = pinkie toe.* de dos pies = two-legged.* dejar de pie = leave + standing.* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.* de nuevo en pie = up and about.* de pies a cabeza = from head to toe, from head to foot.* de pies ligeros = swift-footed.* de pies planos = flat-footed.* desde la cabeza hasta los pies = head to toe, from head to toe, from head to foot.* distancia a pie = walking distance.* el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.* el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.* empezar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.* empezar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing, hit + the ground running.* en pie = up and about.* en pie de guerra = on the warpath.* entrar con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.* estar de pie = stand.* estar de pie por encima de = stand over.* freno de pie = foot brake [footbrake].* gente de a pie = ordinary people.* hombre de a pie, el = man-on-the-street, man in the street, the.* ir a pie = leg it.* la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.* la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.* lámpara de pie = standing lamp, floor lamp.* levantarse con el pie izquierdo = wake up on + the wrong side of the bed, get up on + the wrong side of the bed.* mantenerse en pie = hold + Posesivo + own.* no creerse Algo al pie de la letra = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.* no encontrar ni el pie ni la cabeza = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of.* nota a pie de página = footnote.* no tener ni pies ni cabeza = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of, be pointless.* no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.* parte anterior del pie = ball of + Posesivo + foot.* perchero de pie = coat-stand.* perder el pie = lose + Posesivo + footing.* pie de atleta = athlete's foot.* pie de imprenta = edition imprint, imprint statement, imprint.* pie de obra = building site.* pie de página = footer.* pie de página repetido = running foot, footline.* pie de pie = standing.* Pie Grande = Bigfoot, Sasquatch.* pies planos = flat feet, pes planus, fallen arches.* pies sobre la tierra = feet on the ground.* planta del pie = sole.* poner de pie = stand + upright.* poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.* poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.* poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.* poner pie en = set + foot (inside/in/on).* ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.* ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.* retrete de pie = squat toilet, squatty potty, squat loo.* sacar los pies del plato = break out of + the box.* sacar los pies del tiesto = break out of + the box.* salir por pies = take off + running, leg it, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.* seguir Algo al pie de la letra = follow + Nombre + to the letter.* seguir al pie de la letra = keep + strictly to the letter.* seguir al pie del cañón = soldier on.* seguir en pie = hold + Posesivo + own, hold up.* sin pies ni cabeza = without rhyme or reason.* tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.* tiña del pie = tinea pedis.* uña del pie = toenail.* visita a pie = walking tour.pie22 = foot [feet, -pl.].Ex: Soon, however, the collection outgrew its meagre quarters and a full-fledged library occupying a 40x60 foot area came into being.
* de un pie de grosor = foot-thick.* pie cuadrado = square foot (sq. ft.).* pie lineal = linear foot.pie33 = winter.Nota: En la prensa antigua de madera, travesaño que unía los postes de madera verticales que servían de soporte a toda la prensa por la parte de abajo y que servía de soporte al ensamblaje de transporte carriage assembly.Ex: The chief members of the impression carriage were two upright cheeks about 2 m. high and placed 60-65 cm. apart, carrying between them the winter and, above it, the head, two massive cross timbers mortised into the cheeks which contained the vertical thrust of the impression.
* * *pie1A1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ( Anat) footno arrastres los pies don't drag your feetse rompió un dedo del pie he broke a toetiene (los) pies planos she has flat feet2 ( en locs):a pie on footqueda muy cerca, podemos ir a pie it's very near, we can walk o go on foot¿vamos a pie o en coche? shall we walk or take the car?esta semana ando a pie ( AmL); I'm walking everywhere this weekuna nota a pie de página a note at the foot of the pageviviendas a pie de playa ( Esp); houses with access to the beachoficina a pie de calle ( Esp); office with direct access to the streetuna entrevista a piecalle ( Esp); an interview in the streetexperimentos a pie de aula ( Esp); experiments in the classroomde pie standingestuvimos de pie casi dos horas we were standing (up) o we were on our feet for almost two hourstuvimos que viajar de pie todo el camino we had to stand all the wayponte de pie stand upen pie: estoy en pie desde las siete de la mañana I've been up since seven o'clock this morningya no podía tenerme en pie I could hardly walk/stand, I was ready to dropsólo la pequeña iglesia quedó en pie only the little church remained standingqueda en pie la cita para mañana our date for tomorrow is still onmi oferta/la promesa sigue en pie my offer/the promise still standsganado en pie ( AmL); livestock, cattle on the hoofa pie pelado ( Chi); barefoot, in one's bare feeta pie(s) juntillas: está siguiendo a pies juntillas las indicaciones de sus superiores he's following his bosses' instructions to the letterse cree a pies juntillas todo lo que le dicen he blindly believes every word he's toldbuscarle tres or cinco pies al gato ( fam) (buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters, make life difficult; (exponerse al peligro) to ask for trouble ( colloq)cojear del mismo pie ( fam); to be two of a kind ( colloq), to be tarred with the same brush ( colloq)con buen pieor con el pie derecho: a ver si mañana nos levantamos con el pie derecho I hope things will get off to a better start tomorrowcon los pies ( fam); badlyesta camisa la debes haber planchado con los pies this shirt looks as if you ironed it with your eyes closeduna solicitud escrita con los pies a very poorly written letter of applicationel gerente lleva la empresa con los pies the manager is making a hash o mess of running the company ( colloq)con los pies por or para delante ( fam euf); feet firstde esta casa me sacarán con los pies por delante they'll have to carry me out of this house feet first o in a box ( colloq euph)con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the groundtiene los pies bien puestos sobre la tierra she has her feet firmly on the groundempezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start, she started badlyhoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today ( AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today ( BrE)con pie(s) de plomo ( fam); very carefully o warilyándate con pies de plomo tread very warily o carefullydar pie a algo to give rise to sthsu conducta dio pie a murmuraciones her behavior gave rise to o sparked off rumorsno quiero que esto dé pie a una discusión I don't want this to cause o to be the cause of an argumentdarle pie a algn: no le des pie para que te siga criticando don't give him cause o reason o grounds to criticize you againde a pie common, ordinaryel ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/persona mí me gusta hablar con la gente de a pie I like talking to ordinary peoplede la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe ( colloq)echar pie atrás ( Chi); to back downen pie de guerra on a war footing, ready for war, on full alerten (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing, on equal termsestar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot, have one's hands tiedestar con un pie en el estribo ( fam); to be about to leaveme pillas con un pie en el estribo I was just on my way out o about to leaveya están con un pie en el estribo they're all set to goestar con un pie en la tumba or sepultura to have one foot in the gravehacer pie to be able to touch the bottomyo aquí no hago pie I can't touch the bottom here, I'm out of my depth hereírsele los pies a algn: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet stillleche al pie de la vaca ( AmL); milk fresh from the cownacer de pie to be born under a lucky starno doy/da pie con bola ( fam); I/he can't get a thing rightno estirar los pies más de lo que da la frazada ( RPl fam); to cut one's coat according to one's clothno tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoeverel ensayo no tenía ni pies ni cabeza the essay made no sense whatsoever o was totally unintelligibleun plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd planperder pie (en el agua) to get out of one's depth; (resbalarse) to lose one's footing; (confundirse) to slip uppies de barro feet of clayun héroe con pies de barro a hero with feet of clayponer (los) pies en polvorosa ( fam); to take to one's heels, make oneself scarce, hotfoot it ( colloq)poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a placehoy no he puesto pie en la calle I haven't set foot outside the house todaypor mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any helpCompuestos:● pie cavohigh instepathlete's foot( Chi) dogtoothclubfootB1 (de un calcetín, una media) foot3 (de una máquina de coser) foot, treadle4 (de una página, un escrito) foot, bottomuna nota a or al pie de página a footnoteremita el cupón que se acompaña al pie send off the coupon belowun pueblo al pieor a los pies de la montaña a village at the foot of the mountainal pie de la letra exactlysigue mis instrucciones al pie de la letra follow my instructions to the letter o exactlyrepetí al pie de la letra lo que me dijiste I repeated word for word o exactly what you told meal pie del cañón workingtodos se habían ido, pero nosotros seguíamos al pie del cañón everyone had left, but we were still hard at it o still working away5 (de una cama) tbCompuestos:little endname and title of signatorycaptionimprintfooterslide gaugeC ( Bot) cutting, slipCompuesto:rootstockD [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (medida) footocho pies cuadrados eight square feetE ( Lit) footCompuesto:F ( Chi) (depósito) down paymentpie2/pai/( AmL)pie* * *
Del verbo piar: ( conjugate piar)
pié es:
1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo
píe es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo
Multiple Entries:
piar
pie
piar ( conjugate piar) verbo intransitivo
to chirp, tweet
pie 1 sustantivo masculino
1a) (Anat) foot;
tiene (los) pies planos she has flat feet;
pie de atleta athlete's footb) ( en locs)
ir a pie to go on foot, walk;
hoy ando a pie (AmL) I'm without wheels today;
de pie standing;
ponte de pie stand up;
en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock;
no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand;
solo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing;
mi oferta sigue en pie my offer still stands;
a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet;
de a pie common, ordinary;
de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq);
en pie de guerra on a war footing;
en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing;
hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom;
levantarse con el pie derecho to get off to a good start;
no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever;
por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help
2
( de copa — base) base;
(— parte vertical) stem;
( de montaña) foot
una nota a or al pie de página a footnote;
al pie de la letra ‹copiar/repetir› word by word, exactly
3
b) (Lit) foot
pie 2 /pai/ sustantivo masculino (AmL) pie
piar vi (pájaro) to chirp, cheep, tweet
pie sustantivo masculino
1 (de una persona) foot
ponerse de pie, to stand up
pies planos, flat feet
2 (de una columna, lámpara, etc) base
3 (de una copa) stem
4 (de una fotografía) caption
5 (de un texto) foot
una nota a pie de página, a footnote
6 (medida) foot
♦ Locuciones: dar pie a, to give cause for
a pies juntillas, blindly
al pie de la letra, to the letter
con buen/mal pie, on the right/wrong footing
con pies de plomo, cautiously
de pie, standing up
de pies a cabeza, from head to foot
' pie' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- bola
- caminar
- cañón
- ciudadana
- ciudadano
- cojear
- compartir
- dedo
- dormirse
- empanada
- enredarse
- excursionista
- flojera
- gráfica
- gráfico
- guerra
- hormiguear
- hormigueo
- lámpara
- letra
- levantarse
- migaja
- nacer
- parada
- parado
- pararse
- pastel
- patear
- patín
- perchero
- planta
- pulgar
- punta
- reloj
- resistir
- sostenerse
- talón
- tenerse
- uña
- vadear
- ver
- zancadilla
- a
- agachar
- amoldar
- bien
- budín
- buscar
- calambre
English:
accused
- athlete's foot
- bare
- base
- bed
- book
- bottom
- caption
- circumscribe
- clubfoot
- custard pie
- dead
- easy
- floor lamp
- foot
- foothold
- footing
- footnote
- ft
- grandfather
- hike
- hill
- impression
- imprint
- instep
- itch
- letter
- man
- meat pie
- mince pie
- on
- pace
- pie
- pie chart
- press
- print
- promenade concert
- rambler
- remain
- rise
- roll out
- salt
- sole
- stamp
- stamp down
- stand
- stand up
- standing
- standing ovation
- standing room
* * *pie nm1. [de persona] foot;estos zapatos me hacen daño en los pies these shoes hurt my feet;a pie on foot;prefiero ir a pie I'd rather walk o go on foot;llevamos dos horas de pie we've been on our feet for two hours;llevo en pie desde las seis de la mañana I've been up and about since six in the morning;la oferta sigue en pie the offer still stands;echar pie a tierra [jinete] to dismount;[pasajero] to alight;se me fueron los pies [resbalé] I slipped, I lost my footing;se me iban los pies con la música my feet were tapping along to the music;perder/no hacer pie [en el agua] to go/to be out of one's depth;Formala sus pies at your service;el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street;en pie de igualdad on an equal footing;en pie de guerra on a war footing;pies de barro: un héroe/líder con (los) pies de barro a hero/leader with feet of clay;Famde pies a cabeza from head to toe;con buen pie: empezar con buen pie to get off to a good start;terminar con buen pie to end on a good note;caer de pie [tener suerte] to land on one's feet;no dar pie con bola to get everything wrong;con el pie derecho: empezar con el pie derecho to get off to a good start;estar con un pie en el estribo to be about to leave;a pies juntillas unquestioningly;levantarse con el pie izquierdo to get out of bed on the wrong side;con mal pie: empezar con mal pie to get off to a bad start;terminar con mal pie to end on a sour note;nacer de pie to be born lucky;pararle los pies a alguien to put sb in their place;Famponer pies en polvorosa: al llegar la policía, puso pies en polvorosa when the police arrived, you couldn't see him for dust o he legged it;Espsaber de qué pie cojea alguien to know sb's weaknesses;Famsalir con los pies por delante to leave feet first o in a box;Esp Famsalir por pies to leg it;no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense at all;tener un pie en la tumba to have one foot in the graveno tenerse en pie: no me tengo en pie I can't stand up a minute longer;esa teoría no se tiene en pie that theory doesn't stand uppie de atleta athlete's foot;pies de cerdo (pig's) trotters;pies planos flat feet2. [base] [de lámpara, micrófono] stand;[de copa] stem; [de montaña, árbol, escalera] foot;al pie de la página at the foot o bottom of the page;al pie de la letra to the letter, word for word;sigue las instrucciones al pie de la letra follow the instructions to the letter;copiar algo al pie de la letra to copy sth word for word;no hace falta que lo interpretes al pie de la letra there's no need to interpret it literally;al pie del cañón: ahí está, siempre al pie del cañón there he is, always hard at workpie de foto caption;pie de imprenta imprint;Informát pie de página footer3. [unidad de medida] foot;mide tres pies de ancho it's three foot o feet wide4. Teatro cue;Figdar pie a [críticas, comentarios] to give rise to;[sospechas] to give cause for; Figdar pie a alguien para que haga algo to give sb cause to do sthpie quebrado = short line of four or five syllables alternating with longer lines* * *m2 de persona foot;a pie on foot;al pie de at the foot of;de pie standing;estar de pie be standing (up);en pie stand up;de pies a cabeza from head to foot;no tiene ni pies ni cabeza it doesn’t make any sense at all, I can’t make head nor tail of it;a pies juntillas creer blindly;levantarse con el pie izquierdo get out of bed on the wrong side;con buen/mal pie empezar get off to a good/bad start;con los pies fig badly;andarse con pies de plomo tread warily;estar en pie be up, be out of bed;estar en pie de guerra be on a war footing;cinco pies al gato fig make things difficult, complicate things;a give rise to, generate;echar pie a tierra go ashore;estar al pie del cañón fig be hard at work;hacer pie touch bottom;no dar pie con bola fam get odo everything wrong;parar los pies a alguien take s.o. down a peg or two fam ;saber de qué pie cojea alguien fig know where s.o. is coming from;poner pies en polvorosa fam take to one’s heels fam ;salir por pies hotfoot it fam, make o.s. scarce;pie de la cama foot of the bed;pies planos flat feet* * *pie nm1) : foota pie: on footde pie: on one's feet, standing2) : base, bottom, stem, footpie de la cama: foot of the bedpie de una lámpera: base of a lamppie de la escalera: bottom of the stairspie de una copa: stem of a glass3) : foot (in measurement)pie cuadrado: square foot4) : cue (in theater)5)dar pie a : to give cause for, to give rise to6)en pie de igualidad : on equal footing* * *pie n2. (de estatua, lámpara, etc) base -
5 querer
m.love.v.1 to want.quiero una bicicleta I want a bicycle¿quieren ustedes algo más? would you like anything else?haz lo que quieras do what you want o like, do as you please o likequerer que alguien haga algo to want somebody to do somethingquiero que lo hagas tú I want you to do itqueremos que las cosas te vayan bien we want things to go well for youquisiera hacerlo, pero… I'd like to do it, but…¡qué quieres que haga! what am I supposed to do?qué quieres que te diga, a mí me parece caro to be honest, it seems expensive to me, what can I say? it seems expensive to meven cuando quieras come whenever you like o wantno me voy porque no quiero I'm not going because I don't want toqueriendo on purposesin querer accidentallyquerer decir to mean¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?querer es poder where there's a will there's a wayQuiero paz I want peace.Quiero un taxi I need a taxi.2 to love.te quiero I love youYo quiero a mi esposo I love my husband.3 to want to, to be willing to, to desire to, to have a desire to.Quiero estudiar I want to study.* * *Present IndicativePast IndicativeFuture IndicativeConditionalPresent SubjunctiveImperfect SubjunctiveFuture SubjunctiveImperative* * *verb1) to want2) love3) like•* * *Para la expresión querer decir, ver la otra entrada.1. VERBO TRANSITIVO1) [a una persona] (=amar) to love; (=apreciar) to like¡te quiero! — I love you!
no estoy enamorado, pero la quiero mucho — I'm not in love with her, but I'm very fond of her
me quiere... no me quiere — [deshojando una margarita] she loves me... she loves me not
•
querer [bien] a algn — to want the best for sb•
[hacerse] querer por algn — to endear o.s. to sb•
querer [mal] a algn — to wish sb illla quiere como a la niña de sus ojos — she's the apple of his eye, he dotes on her
2) (=desear)a) [+ objeto] to want¿cuál quieres? — which one do you want?
¿qué más quieres? — (lit) what else do you want?; iró what more do you want?
hace lo que quiere — she does what she wants {o} as she pleases
se lo di, pero no lo quiso — I gave it to him, but he didn't want (to take) it
¡lo que quieras! — as you wish!, have it your own way!
¿quieres un café? — would you like some coffee?
•
querer [pelea] — to be looking for trouble•
[todo] lo que tú quieras, será muy feo y todo lo que tú quieras, pero es muy buena persona — he may be ugly and all that, but he's a very nice personb) + infin to want¿qué quieres comer hoy? — what would you like for dinner today?
no quiso pagar — he refused to pay, he wouldn't pay
c)• querer [que] algn haga algo — to want sb to do sth
la tradición quiere que... — tradition has it that...
este quiere que le rompan la cabeza — * this guy is asking to get his head kicked in *
¿quieres que me crea que tú solo te has bebido todo el whisky? — are you asking me to believe that you drank all the whisky by yourself?
•
¿qué quieres que te [diga]? — what can I say?•
¿qué quieres que le [haga]?, si se va por ahí sin hacer caso, ¿qué quieres que le haga? — if he goes off without taking any notice, what am I supposed to do {o} what can I do about it?si estudio y no apruebo, ¿qué quieres que le haga? — if I study and still don't pass, what can I do?
•
¡[qué más] quisiera yo! — if only I could!¿qué más quisiera yo que ver juntos a mis hijos? — what more could I wish for {o} want than to see my children together?
3) (=tener intención de)+ infinal querer abrir la botella, saltó el tapón — the cork exploded while she was trying to open the bottle
4) [pidiendo algo]quería dos kilos de patatas, por favor — I'd like two kilos of potatoes, please, could I have two kilos of potatoes, please?
¿quieres darme tu nueva dirección? — would {o} could you give me your new address?
¿querría participar en nuestra oferta? — would you like to take advantage of our offer?
¿cuánto quieren por el coche? — what are they asking for the car?, how much do they want for the car?
5) (=requerir)¿para qué me querrá? — I wonder what he wants me for?, what can he want me for?
6) [uso impersonal]2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) (=desear)¿quieres? — [ofreciendo algo] do you want some?, would you like some?
-¿quieres casarte conmigo? -sí, quiero — "will you marry me?" - "yes, I will"
-¿puedes enviar tú el correo? -como usted quiera — "could you take the post?" - "as you wish"
mientras el jefe no quiera, no hay nada que hacer — as long as the boss is opposed, there's nothing to be done {o} nothing we can do about it
•
ven [cuando] quieras — come whenever you likecomo quiere —
¡está como quiere! — Esp ** she's a bit of all right! **
quieras o no, eso cambiará nuestras vidas — whether you like it or not, that's going to change our lives
con el cambio de trabajo, quieras que no, se ha animado un poco — you may agree or disagree, but the fact is he's perked up a bit since he changed jobs
2) (=tener intención)lo hizo queriendo — he did it deliberately {o} on purpose
lo hizo sin querer — he didn't mean to do it, he did it inadvertently
3)3.See:4.SUSTANTIVO MASCULINO* * *Imasculino loveII 1.verbo transitivo1) ( amar) to lovese hace querer — she/he endears herself/himself to people
me quiere, no me quiere — ( al deshojar una margarita) she loves me, she loves me not
por lo que más quieras! — for pity's sake!, for God's sake!
querer mal a alguien — to have it in for somebody (colloq)
2)a) (expresando deseo, intención, voluntad)quisiera una cerveza/habitación doble — I'd like a beer/double room
¿qué más quieres? — what more do you want?
hazlo cuando/como quieras — do it whenever/however you like
quiera o no quiera — whether she/he likes it or not
será muy listo y todo lo que tú quieras, pero... — he may be very smart and all that, but...
tráemelo mañana ¿quieres? — bring it tomorrow, will you?
querer + INF — to want to + inf
querer QUE alguien+ SUBJ — to want somebody to + inf
¿y qué querías que hiciera? — so what did you expect me to do o what was I supposed to do?
qué quieres que te diga...! — quite honestly o frankly...
b) ( al ofrecer algo)¿quieres un café/algo de beber? — would you like o (less frml) do you want a coffee/something to drink?
c) ( introduciendo un ruego)querer + INF: ¿quieres pasarme el pan? could you pass me the bread, please?; ¿querrías hacerme un favor? would you mind doing me a favor?; ¿te quieres callar? — be quiet, will you?
3) (en locs)como quiera que — ( de cualquier manera que) however
como quiera que haya sido... — whatever happened o it doesn't matter what happened...
queriendo: lo hizo queriendo she/he did it on purpose o deliberately; sin querer accidentally; perdona, fue sin querer sorry, it was an accident o I didn't mean to; querer decir to mean; ¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?; está como quiere! — (Esp, Méx fam) (es muy guapo, guapa) he's/she's hot stuff! (colloq); ( tiene mucha suerte) some people have got it made (colloq)
4) ( como precio)2.querer algo POR algo: ¿cuánto quieres por el coche? — how much do you want o are you asking for the car?
quererse v pron (recípr)se quieren como hermanos — they're so close, they're like brothers
* * *= want, be after, wanna [want to].Nota: Contracción de want to usada en el lenguaje coloquial.Ex. On other occasions a user wants every document or piece of information on a topic traced, and then high recall must be sought, to the detriment of precision.Ex. Silas H Berry told his colleagues at the New York Library Club: 'It is so hard to get a reader to tell what he is really after'.Ex. When McCall finished his book by saying, 'It makes me wanna holler and throw up my hands,' he almost described my reaction perfectly.----* ¡Dios no lo quiera! = God forbid.* cuantas veces se quiera = any number of times.* cuantos + Nombre + se quiera = any number of + Nombre.* dos no se pelean si uno no quiere = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.* enterarse de lo que Uno quiere decir = get + Posesivo + drift.* esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.* expresar lo que Uno quiere decir = make + Posesivo + point.* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.* hacerse querer = endear.* ¡No, por lo que más quieras! = Not on your life!.* no querer saber más nada de = drop + Nombre + like a hot potato, drop + Nombre + like a hot brick.* no querer saber nada de = want + nothing to do with.* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.* no queriendo + Infinitivo = unwilling to + Infinitivo.* ¡Por lo que más quieras! = for God's sake.* que quiere(n) = of + Posesivo + choosing, of + Posesivo + choice.* queramos o no = like it or not, like them or not.* querer decir = mean.* querer el oro y el moro = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.* querer es poder = where there's a will there's a way.* quererlo todo = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.* querer tenerlo todo = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.* querer tetas y sopas = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.* quien algo quiere algo le cuesta = no pain, no gain.* quien quiera peces que se moje el culo = you cannot make an omelette without breaking eggs.* quiera Dios que = God willing.* si Dios quiere = God willing.* siempre querer más = enough + be + not/never + enough.* sin querer = involuntarily, unwilling, by accident, accidentally, unintentionally, unwantedly.* sin querer + Infinitivo = unwilling to + Infinitivo.* sin quererlo = unwantedly.* si se quiere que + Nombre + sea = if + Nombre + be + to be.* * *Imasculino loveII 1.verbo transitivo1) ( amar) to lovese hace querer — she/he endears herself/himself to people
me quiere, no me quiere — ( al deshojar una margarita) she loves me, she loves me not
por lo que más quieras! — for pity's sake!, for God's sake!
querer mal a alguien — to have it in for somebody (colloq)
2)a) (expresando deseo, intención, voluntad)quisiera una cerveza/habitación doble — I'd like a beer/double room
¿qué más quieres? — what more do you want?
hazlo cuando/como quieras — do it whenever/however you like
quiera o no quiera — whether she/he likes it or not
será muy listo y todo lo que tú quieras, pero... — he may be very smart and all that, but...
tráemelo mañana ¿quieres? — bring it tomorrow, will you?
querer + INF — to want to + inf
querer QUE alguien+ SUBJ — to want somebody to + inf
¿y qué querías que hiciera? — so what did you expect me to do o what was I supposed to do?
qué quieres que te diga...! — quite honestly o frankly...
b) ( al ofrecer algo)¿quieres un café/algo de beber? — would you like o (less frml) do you want a coffee/something to drink?
c) ( introduciendo un ruego)querer + INF: ¿quieres pasarme el pan? could you pass me the bread, please?; ¿querrías hacerme un favor? would you mind doing me a favor?; ¿te quieres callar? — be quiet, will you?
3) (en locs)como quiera que — ( de cualquier manera que) however
como quiera que haya sido... — whatever happened o it doesn't matter what happened...
queriendo: lo hizo queriendo she/he did it on purpose o deliberately; sin querer accidentally; perdona, fue sin querer sorry, it was an accident o I didn't mean to; querer decir to mean; ¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?; está como quiere! — (Esp, Méx fam) (es muy guapo, guapa) he's/she's hot stuff! (colloq); ( tiene mucha suerte) some people have got it made (colloq)
4) ( como precio)2.querer algo POR algo: ¿cuánto quieres por el coche? — how much do you want o are you asking for the car?
quererse v pron (recípr)se quieren como hermanos — they're so close, they're like brothers
* * *= want, be after, wanna [want to].Nota: Contracción de want to usada en el lenguaje coloquial.Ex: On other occasions a user wants every document or piece of information on a topic traced, and then high recall must be sought, to the detriment of precision.
Ex: Silas H Berry told his colleagues at the New York Library Club: 'It is so hard to get a reader to tell what he is really after'.Ex: When McCall finished his book by saying, 'It makes me wanna holler and throw up my hands,' he almost described my reaction perfectly.* ¡Dios no lo quiera! = God forbid.* cuantas veces se quiera = any number of times.* cuantos + Nombre + se quiera = any number of + Nombre.* dos no se pelean si uno no quiere = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.* enterarse de lo que Uno quiere decir = get + Posesivo + drift.* esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.* expresar lo que Uno quiere decir = make + Posesivo + point.* hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.* hacerse querer = endear.* ¡No, por lo que más quieras! = Not on your life!.* no querer saber más nada de = drop + Nombre + like a hot potato, drop + Nombre + like a hot brick.* no querer saber nada de = want + nothing to do with.* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.* no queriendo + Infinitivo = unwilling to + Infinitivo.* ¡Por lo que más quieras! = for God's sake.* que quiere(n) = of + Posesivo + choosing, of + Posesivo + choice.* queramos o no = like it or not, like them or not.* querer decir = mean.* querer el oro y el moro = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.* querer es poder = where there's a will there's a way.* quererlo todo = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.* querer tenerlo todo = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.* querer tetas y sopas = have + Posesivo + cake and eat it.* quien algo quiere algo le cuesta = no pain, no gain.* quien quiera peces que se moje el culo = you cannot make an omelette without breaking eggs.* quiera Dios que = God willing.* si Dios quiere = God willing.* siempre querer más = enough + be + not/never + enough.* sin querer = involuntarily, unwilling, by accident, accidentally, unintentionally, unwantedly.* sin querer + Infinitivo = unwilling to + Infinitivo.* sin quererlo = unwantedly.* si se quiere que + Nombre + sea = if + Nombre + be + to be.* * *lovesufre por culpa de un querer he is suffering because of an unhappy love affairlas penas del querer the pangs of love¡niña de mi querer! my dear child!vtA (amar) to loveme gusta, pero no lo quiero I like him, but I don't love him o I'm not in love with himquiere mucho a sus sobrinos/su país he loves his nephews/his country very muchquiere con locura a su nieta she absolutely dotes on her granddaughteres una persona que se hace querer he's the sort of person who endears himself to yousus alumnos lo quieren mucho his pupils are very fond of him, he's well liked by his pupilsme quiere, no me quiere (al deshojar una margarita) she loves me, she loves me not¡por lo que más quieras! ¡no me abandones! for pity's sake o for God's sake! don't leave me!¡Antonio, por lo que más quieras! ¡baja el volumen! Antonio, turn the volume down, for heaven's sake o for goodness sake!querer bien a algn to be fond of sb, care about sbquerer mal a algn to have it in for sb ( colloq)quien bien te quiere te hará llorar sometimes you have to be cruel to be kindB1(expresando deseo, intención, voluntad): quiere un tren para su cumpleaños he wants a train for his birthday¿que querían, chicas? can I help you, girls?, what can I do for you, girls?quería un kilo de uvas I'd like a kilo of grapesquisiera una habitación doble I'd like a double roomno sabe lo que quiere she doesn't know what she wantshaz lo que quieras do as you like, do as you please¿qué más quieres? what more do you want?¿cuándo/cómo lo podemos hacer? — cuando/como tú quieras when/how can we do it? — whenever/however you like o any time/any way you like¿nos vemos a las siete? — como quieras shall we meet at seven? — if you likequiera o no quiera, tendrá que hacerlo he'll have to do it, whether he likes it or notiba a llamar al médico pero él no quiso I was going to call the doctor but he wouldn't let me o he said no¿quieres por esposo a Diego Sosa Díaz? — sí, quiero will/do you take Diego Sosa Díaz to be your lawfully wedded husband? — I will/do¿qué querrán esta vez? I wonder what they want this timeserá muy listo y todo lo que tú quieras, pero es insoportable he may be very smart and all that, but personally I can't stand himtráemelo mañana ¿quieres? bring it tomorrow, will you?dejemos esto para otro día ¿quieres? let's leave this for another day, shall we o can we?querer + INF to want to + INF¿quiere usted hacer algún comentario? do you want to o ( frml) do you wish to make any comment?no sé si querrá hacerlo I don't know if she'll want to do it o if she'll do ithacía tiempo que quería decírselo I'd been meaning/wanting to tell him for some timequisiera reservar una mesa para dos I'd like to book a table for twoquisiera poder ayudarte I wish I could help you¡ya quisiera yo estar en su lugar! I'd change places with him any day!no creo que quiera prestártelo I don't think she'll (be willing to) lend it to youcuando se quiera dar cuenta será demasiado tarde by the time he realizes it'll be too latenosotros nos fuimos temprano pero él quiso quedarse we left early but he stayed/decided to stay/ wanted to stay/chose to stayno quiso escuchar razones he wouldn't listen to reasonno quiso comer nada she wouldn't eat anything, she refused to eat anythingquería hacerlo sola pero no habría podido she wanted to do it on her own but she wouldn't have been able toquiso hacerlo sola pero no pudo she tried to do it on her own but she couldn'tquerer QUE algn/algo + SUBJ to want sb/sth to + INFquisiera que alguien me explicara por qué could someone please explain why?¿qué quieres que traiga? what do you want o what would you like me to bring?¿por qué lo dejaste entrar? — ¿qué querías que hiciera? why did you let him in? — what did you expect me to do o what was I supposed to do?quiso que nos quedáramos a cenar y no tuvimos más remedio she insisted we stay for dinner and we couldn't say no o we couldn't refuse¿tú quieres que acabemos en la cárcel? do you want us to end up in jail?, are you trying to get us put in jail?la etiqueta quiere que uno lleve sombrero etiquette requires one to wear a hatsu teoría quiere que … his theory has it that …querer es poder where there's a will there's a way2 ( en locs):como quiera que (de cualquier manera que) however;(ya que, como) ( liter) sincecomo quiera que haya sido, creo que deberías disculparte whatever happened o it doesn't matter what happened, I still think you should apologizecuando quiera que wheneverdonde quiera que wherever¡qué quieres que te diga …! quite honestly o frankly …¡qué quieres que (le) haga! what can you do?ya sé que no debería fumar, pero no puedo dejarlo ¡qué quieres que le haga! I know I shouldn't smoke but well, what can you do? I can't give upquieras que no ( fam): quieras que no, ha ido mejorando desde que fue al curandero believe it or not, she's been getting better ever since she went to see that faith healerla decisión, quieras que no, nos va a afectar a todos whether we like it or not, the decision is going to affect us all, there's no getting away from the fact that the decision is going to affect us allquieras que no, yo he notado la diferencia I have to say o admit that it's made a differenceel quiero y no puedo: con ese quiero y no puedo inspiran hasta lástima it's rather pathetic how they're always trying to be something they aren't¡está como quiere! (Esp, Méx fam); (es muy guapo, guapa) he's/she's hot stuff! ( colloq), he's/she's a bit of all right! ( BrE colloq); (tiene mucha suerte) some people have got it made ( colloq)3(al ofrecer algo): ¿quieres algo de beber? would you like o ( less frml) do you want something to drink?4 (introduciendo un pedido) querer + INF:¿quieres pasarme el pan? could you pass me the bread, please?¿querrías hacerme un favor? would you mind doing me a favor?¿te quieres callar? will you be quiet?, be quiet, will you?¿quieres hacerme el favor de no interrumpirme? would you please stop interrupting me?¿quieres decirme qué has hecho con mi abrigo? would you mind telling me what you've done with my coat?5 (como precio) querer algo POR algo:¿cuánto quieres por el coche? how much do you want o are you asking for the car?6queriendo/sin querer: estoy segura de que lo hizo queriendo I'm sure he did it on purpose o deliberatelyperdona, fue sin querer sorry, it was an accident o I didn't mean tono te pongas así, lo hizo sin querer don't be like that, he didn't do it deliberately o on purpose7querer decir to mean¿qué quiere decir `democracia'? what does `democracy' mean?¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?8(referido a cosas inanimadas): el coche no quiere arrancar the car won't startel destino quiso que se volvieran a encontrar they were destined to meet againparece que quiere llover/nevar it looks as if it's going to rain/snow, it looks like rain/snowhace horas que quiere salir el sol the sun's been trying to break through for hours■ quererse( recípr):se quieren como hermanos they're like brothershombre, si se quieren ¿por qué no han de casarse? well, if they love each other, why shouldn't they get married?* * *
querer ( conjugate querer) verbo transitivo ( amar) to love;
sus alumnos lo quieren mucho his pupils are very fond of him;
¡por lo que más quieras! for pity's sake!, for God's sake!
1a) (expresando deseo, intención, voluntad):
quisiera una habitación doble I'd like a double room;
¿qué más quieres? what more do you want?;
hazlo cuando/como quieras do it whenever/however you like;
iba a hacerlo pero él no quiso I was going to do it but he didn't want me to;
tráemelo mañana ¿quieres? bring it tomorrow, will you?;
no quiero I don't want to;
quiero ir I want to go;
quisiera reservar una mesa I'd like to book a table;
quisiera poder ayudarte I wish I could help you;
no quiso comer nada she wouldn't eat anything;
quiero que estudies más I want you to study harder;
¡qué quieres que te diga …! quite honestly o frankly …;
el destino así lo quiso it was destined to be;
querer es poder where there's a will there's a wayb) ( al ofrecer algo):◊ ¿quieres un café? would you like a coffee?;
( menos formal) do you want a coffee?c) ( introduciendo un pedido):◊ ¿querrías hacerme un favor? could you do me a favor?;
¿te quieres callar? be quiet, will you?
2 ( en locs)
donde quiera que wherever;
queriendo ( adrede) on purpose, deliberately;
sin querer accidentally;
fue sin querer it was an accident;
querer decir to mean;
¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?
3 ( como precio):◊ ¿cuánto quieres por el coche? how much do you want o are you asking for the car?
quererse verbo pronominal ( recípr):
querer
I verbo transitivo
1 (a alguien) to love
2 (algo) to want, wish ➣ Ver nota en want
3 (intención, ruego, ofrecimiento) to like: ¿quieres otra taza de té?, would you like another cup of tea?
¿quieres callarte?, will you shut up?
II sustantivo masculino love, affection
♦ Locuciones: quieras o no, tendrás que oírme, you'll have to listen to me, whether you want to or not
querer decir, to mean
ser algo un quiero y no puedo, to try to make people think that one is more affluent than one actually is
como quiera que, since: como quiera que no pueden vernos, no saben qué aspecto tenemos, since they can't see us, they don't know what we look like
sin querer, unintentionally, by accident
' querer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
adorar
- berrido
- decir
- desabrocharse
- desear
- significar
- gustar
- ofrecer
- pisar
- pisotón
- querré
- quiera
- quise
- sin
English:
accident
- accidentally
- attached
- blurt out
- cherish
- chew
- clear
- delete
- endear
- fancy
- feel
- hand
- like
- love
- mean
- mistake
- off
- please
- slip out
- truck
- unintentionally
- unwittingly
- want
- will
- wish
- aim
- care
- denial
- inadvertently
- intend
- unwilling
- way
* * *♦ vt1. [amar] to love;te quiero I love you;lo quiero como a un hermano I love him like a brother;es muy querida por todo el mundo she is much loved by everyone;me quiere, no me quiere [deshojando margarita] she loves me, she loves me not;¡por lo que más quieras, cállate! for heaven's sake shut up!;querer bien a alguien to care a lot about sb;querer mal a alguien to wish sb ill;quien bien te quiere te hará llorar you have to be cruel to be kind2. [desear] to want;quiero una bicicleta I want a bicycle;dime lo que quieres tell me what you want;lo único que quiero o [m5] todo lo que quiero es un poco de comprensión all I want o all I ask for is a little understanding;¿qué es lo que quieres ahora? [con tono de enojo] what do you want now?, what is it now?;querer hacer algo to want to do sth;quiere explicártelo, te lo quiere explicar she wants to explain it to you;no quiso ayudarnos she didn't want to help us;era muy tarde pero tú querías quedarte it was very late, but you insisted on staying o would stay o you wanted to stay;quisiera informarme o [m5] que me informaran sobre vuelos a Nueva York I'd like some information about flights to New York;quisiera hacerlo, pero… I'd like to do it, but…;¡eso quisiera yo saber! that's what I want to know!;¡ya quisieran muchos tener tu suerte! a lot of people would be very grateful to be as lucky as you!;el maldito clavo no quiere salir the damn nail won't o refuses to come out;querer que alguien haga algo to want sb to do sth;quiero que lo hagas tú I want you to do it;querer que pase algo to want sth to happen;queremos que las cosas te vayan bien we want things to go well for you;el azar quiso que nos volviéramos a ver fate decreed that we should see each other again;como quien no quiere la cosa as if it were nothing;qué quieres que te diga, a mí me parece caro to be honest, it seems expensive to me, what can I say? it seems expensive to me;¡qué quieres que haga! what am I supposed to do?;alto, guapo y todo lo que tú quieras, pero no me gusta sure, he's tall, handsome and all that, but I don't find him attractive;el que algo quiere, algo le cuesta no pain, no gain3. [en preguntas, ofrecimientos, ruegos] [con amabilidad]¿quieren ustedes algo más/algo de postre? would you like anything else/anything for dessert?;¿quieres un pitillo? do you want a cigarette?;¿quiere decirle a su amigo que pase? could you tell your friend to come in, please?;¿querrías explicarme qué ha pasado aquí? would you mind explaining what happened here?;¿quieres por esposo a Francisco? do you take Francisco to be your lawfully wedded husband?¿cuánto quieres por la casa? how much do you want for the house?¿quieres que te atropelle el tren o qué? do you want to get run over by a train or something?♦ vito want;ven cuando quieras come whenever you like o want;cuando quieras [estoy listo] ready when you are;no me voy porque no quiero I'm not going because I don't want to;si quieres, lo dejamos we can forget about it if you like;quieras o no, quieras que no (whether you) like it or not;pásame el martillo, ¿quieres? pass me the hammer, would you?;déjame en paz, ¿quieres? leave me alone, will you?;Famle pedí que lo dejara, pero que si quieres I asked him to stop, but would he?;queriendo on purpose;ha sido queriendo he did it on purpose;hacer algo sin querer to do sth accidentally;lo siento, ha sido sin querer sorry, it was an accident;querer decir to mean;¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?;¿sabes lo que quiere decir “procrastination”? do you know what “procrastination” means?;“NB” quiere decir “nota bene” “NB” stands for “nota bene”;Famestá como quiere [es guapísimo] he's gorgeous;[en una situación ideal] he's got it made;querer es poder where there's a will there's a way♦ v impersonal[haber atisbos de]parece que quiere llover it looks like rain♦ nm[amor] love;las cosas del querer matters of the heart* * *1 v/t1 ( desear) want;quisiera … I would like …;quieras que no … like it or not …;sin querer unintentionally2 ( amar) love;querer bien a alguien be fond of s.o.;querer mal a alguien not care for s.o.;por lo que más quieras for pity’s sake, for the love of God3 ( esperar):¡qué más quieres! what more do you want o expect!;¿qué quieres que (le) haga? what do you expect me to do?4:querer decir mean;quiere decir it means;¡que si quieres! irón no way!5:como quiera que however2 m love* * *querer {64} vt1) desear: to want, to desirequiere ser profesor: he wants to be a teacher¿cuánto quieres por esta computadora?: how much do you want for this computer?2) : to love, to like, to be fond ofte quiero: I love you¿quieres pasarme la leche?: please pass the milk4)querer decir : to mean5)sin querer : unintentionallyquerer vi: like, wantsi quieras: if you likequerer nm: love, affection* * *querer vb1. (desear) to wantEn inglés I want resulta demasiado directo si queremos pedir algo con educación. En estos casos se suele decir I'd like con pleaseI'd like a kilo of potatoes, please quiero un kilo de patatascould you pass me the salt, please? ¿quieres acercarme la sal?would you please be quiet? ¿quieres callarte?could you close the door, please? cierra la puerta, ¿quieres?2. (amar) to lovelo hice sin querer I didn't mean to do it / it was an accident¿qué quiere decir "chance"? what does "chance" mean?¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that? -
6 εἰ
εἰ, [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. and Arc. (for εἰκ, v. infr. 11 ad init.), = [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. αἰ, αἰκ (q. v.), Cypr.Aἤ Inscr.Cypr.135.10
H., both εἰ and αἰ in [dialect] Ep.:— Particle used interjectionally with imper. and to express a wish, but usu. either in conditions, if, or in indirect questions, whether. In the former use its regular negative is μή; in the latter, οὐ.A INTERJECTIONALLY, in Hom., come now! c. imper.,εἰ δὲ.. ἄκουσον Il.9.262
; εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ φευγόντων ib.46; most freq. with ἄγε (q. v.), 1.302, al.2 in wishes, c. opt.,ἀλλ' εἴ τις.. καλέσειεν 10.111
, cf. 24.74; so later,εἴ μοι ξυνείη μοῖρα S.OT 863
(lyr.); : more freq. folld. byγάρ, αἲ γὰρ δὴ οὕτως εἴη Il.4.189
, al.;εἰ γὰρ γενοίμην ἀντὶ σοῦ νεκρός E.Hipp. 1410
;εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο X.Cyr.6.1.38
;εἰ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ εἴη Pl.Prt. 310d
; of unattained wishes, in Hom. only c. opt.,εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼν.. Διὸς πάϊς αἰγιόχοιο εἴην Il.13.825
;Ζεῦ πάτερ, αἰ γὰρ ἐμὸς πόσις εἴη Alcm.29
; later with past tenses of ind.,εἰ γάρ μ' ὑπὸ γῆν.. ἧκεν A.Pr. 152
(anap.); εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον ὥστε .. E.Alc. 1072: twice in Od. c. inf. (cf. the use of inf. in commands),αἰ γὰρ τοῖος ἐὼν.. ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι 7.311
, cf. 24.376.b εἴθε, [dialect] Ep. αἴθε, is freq. used in wishes in the above constructions, ;εἴθ' ὣς ἡβώοιμι Il.7.157
;ἰὼ γᾶ, εἴθ' ἔμ' ἐδέξω A.Ag. 1537
(lyr.);εἴθε σοι, ὦ Περίκλεις, τότε συνεγενόμην X.Mem.1.2.46
: later c. inf.,γαίης χθαμαλωτέρη εἴθε.. κεῖσθαι AP9.284
(Crin.).c εἰ γάρ, εἴθε are also used with ὤφελον ([dialect] Ep. ὤφελλον), of past unattained wishes,αἴθ' ὤφελλες στρατοῦ ἄλλου σημαίνειν Il.14.84
; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον [κατιδεῖν] Pl.R. 432c.d folld. by a clause expressing a consequence of the fulfilment of the wish, αἰ γὰρ τοῦτο.. ἔπος τετελεσμένον εἴη· τῷ κε τάχα γνοίης .. Od. 15.536, cf. 17.496, al.; sts. hard to distinguish from εἰ in conditions (which may be derived from this use),εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
.B IN CONDITIONS, if:I with INDIC.,1 with all tenses (for [tense] fut., v. infr. 2), to state a condition, with nothing implied as to its fulfilment, εἰ δ' οὕτω τοῦτ' ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι but if this is so, it will be.., Il.1.564: any form of the Verb may stand in apodosi,εἰ θεοί τι δρῶσιν αἰσχρόν, οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί E.Fr.292.7
;εἰ δοκεῖ, πλέωμεν S.Ph. 526
;εἰ Φαῖδρον ἀγνοῶ, καὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπιλέλησμαι Pl.Phdr. 228a
;κάκιστ' ἀπολοίμην, Ξανθίαν εἰ μὴ φιλῶ Ar.Ra. 579
, cf. Od.17.475;εἰ θεοῦ ἦν, οὐκ ἦν αἰσχροκερδής· εἰ δ' αἰσχροκερδής, οὐκ ἦν θεοῦ Pl.R. 408c
;εἰ ταῦτα λέγων διαφθείρω τοὺς νέους, ταῦτ' ἂν εἴη βλαβερά Id.Ap. 30b
, cf. 25b; εἰ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε if these were right in their revolt, (it would follow that) you rule when you have no right, Th.3.40.b to express a general condition, if ever, whenever, sts. with [tense] pres.,εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται, μάταιός ἐστιν S.Tr. 943
: with [tense] impf.,εἴ τίς τι ἠρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο Th.7.10
: rarely with [tense] aor., D.S.31.26.1, S.E.P.1.84; cf. 111.2.2 with [tense] fut. (much less freq. than ἐάν c. subj.), either to express a future supposition emphatically,εἰ φθάσομεν τοὺς πολεμίους κατακαίνοντες οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀποθανεῖται X.Cyr.7.1.19
; ; εἰ αὕτη ἡ πόλις ληφθήσεται, ἔχεται ἡ πᾶσα Σικελία ibid.; in threats or warnings, ;εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ, αὐτὸς ἀποθανῇ Pl.Ap. 28c
, cf. D.28.21: or,b to express a present intention or expectation, αἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ if you mean to fight, Ar.Av. 759;ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἀνήρ.. εἰ ταῦτ' ἀνατεὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη S.Ant. 485
, cf. Il.1.61, E.Hec. 863.3 with historical tenses, implying that the condition is or was unfulfilled.a with [tense] impf., referring to present time or to continued or repeated action in past time (in Hom. always the latter, Il.24.715, al.): ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐδύναντο ποιεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαίτῃ μετρίᾳ ἐχρῶντο they would not be able to do this (as they do), if they did not live an abstemious life, X.Cyr.1.2.16, cf. Pl.R. 489b; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he ([place name] Agamemnon) would not have been master of islands, if he had not had also some naval force, Th.1.9;αἰ δ' ἦχες ἔσλων ἴμερον ἢ κάλων.. αἴδως κεν.. ἦχεν Sapph.28
; εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ.. οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον if they had been good men, they would never have suffered as they did, Pl.Grg. 516e, cf. X.Mem.1.1.5; εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ τάδε ᾔδἐ.. οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε if I had known this.., Il.8.366.b with [tense] aor. referring to past time,εἰ μὴ ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι.. ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι Xenoph.38
; εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα had you not come, we should be on our way.., X.An.2.1.4;καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἀπέθανον, εἰ μὴ ἡ ἀρχὴ διὰ ταχέων κατελύθη Pl.Ap. 32d
, cf. Il.5.680, Od.4.364, D.4.5, 27.63: with [tense] plpf. in apodosi,εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀπεπεφεύγη ἄν Pl. Ap. 36a
.c rarely with [tense] plpf. referring to action finished in past or present time, λοιπὸν δ' ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο if she had not (as she has done) made peace before the rest, Isoc.5.56, cf. Pl.Ti. 21c.II with SUBJ., εἰ is regularly joined with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε, κεν), cf. ἐάν: Arc. εἰκαν in Tegean Inscrr. of iv B. C. (IG5(2).3.16, 31, 6.2, SIG306.34) should be understood as εἰκ ἄν (εἰ: εἰκ = οὐ: οὐκ), since εἰ δ' ἄν is also found in IG5(2).3.2, 6.45, and εἰκ alone, ib.3.21; but ἄν ([etym.] κε, κεν) are freq. absent in Hom. as Od.5.221, 14.373 (and cf. infr. 2), and Lyr., Pi. (who never uses εἰ with ἄν or κε ([etym.] ν)) P.4.266, al.; in dialects,αἰ δείλητ' ἀγχωρεῖν IG9(1).334.6
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.), cf. Foed.[dialect] Dor. ap. Th.5.79; rarely in Hdt.,εἰ μὴ ἀναβῇ 2.13
; occasionally in Trag., A.Eu. 234, S.OT 198 (lyr.), etc.; very rarely in [dialect] Att. Prose,εἰ ξυστῶσιν αἱ πόλεις Th.6.21
; : in later Prose,εἴ τις θελήσῃ Apoc.11.5
;εἰ φονεύῃ Plot.2.9.9
, cf. Procl. Inst.26.1 when the apodosis is [tense] fut., to express a future condition more distinctly and vividly than εἰ c. opt., but less so than εἰ c. [tense] fut. ind. (supr. 1.2a); εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἕρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' .. if thou do thus.., thou shalt know, Il.2.364, cf. 1.128, 3.281, Od.17.549;ἂν δέ τις ἀνθιστῆται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι X. An.7.3.11
; ἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδ' ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν if we be not now willing, D.4.50, cf. X.Cyr. 5.3.27: folld. by imper., ἢν εἰρήνης δοκῆτε δεῖσθαι, ἄνευ ὅπλων ἥκετε ib.3.2.13, cf. 5.4.30.2 when the apodosis is present, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition, if ever, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, σοὶ τὸ γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον (sc. ἐστί) whenever a division comes, your prize is (always) greater, Il.1.166; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death come near, E.Alc. 671; with ἄν omitted,εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον.. καταπέψῃ ἀλλά.. ἔχει κότον Il.1.81
.b with Rhet. present in apodosis, ἐὰν μὴ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν, οὐκ ἔστι κακῶν παῦλα there is (i.e. can be, will be) no rest.., Pl.R. 473d.III with OPTATIVE (never with ἄν in early Gr., later ἐάν c. opt., Dam.Pr. 114, al.),1 to express a future condition less definitely than ἐάν c. subj., usu. with opt. with ἄν in apod., ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες.. εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν surely they would exult, if they should hear.., Il.1.255, cf. 7.28, Od.3.223;εἴης φορητὸς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ πράσσοις καλῶς A.Pr. 979
;οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν με ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας X.An.7.7.11
;οἶκος δ' αὐτός, εἰ φθογγὴν λάβοι, σαφέστατ' ἂν λέξειεν A.Ag.37
, etc.: [tense] fut. opt. is f.l. in Pl.Tht. 164a: with [tense] pres. ind. in apod., Xenoph.34.3, Democr.253: with [tense] fut.ind., Meliss.5.b in Hom.sts. with [tense] pres. opt., to express an unfulfilled present condition, εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα φεροίμην if we were now contending, etc., Il.23.274: rarely in Trag., εἰ μὴ κνίζοι ( = εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568; alsoεἰ ἀναγκαῖον εἴη ἀδικεῖν ἢ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἑλοίμην ἂν μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι Pl.Grg. 469c
.2 when the apodosis is past, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition in past time (corresponding to use of subj. in present time, supr. 11.2); once in Hom.,εἴ τίς με.. ἐνίπτοι, ἀλλὰ σὺ τόν γ'.. κατέρυκες Il.24.768
; εἰ δέ τινας θορυβουμένους αἴσθοιτο.., κατασβεννύναι τὴν ταραχὴν ἐπειρᾶτο if he should see ( whenever he saw) any troops in confusion, he (always) tried, X.Cyr.5.3.55, cf. An.4.5.13, Mem.4.2.40; εἴ τις ἀντείποι, εὐθὺς ἐτεθνήκει if any one made objection, he was a dead man at once, Th. 8.66;ἀλλ' εἴ τι μὴ φέροιμεν, ὤτρυνεν φέρειν E.Alc. 755
. For εἰ c. ind. in this sense v. supr. 1.1: ind. and opt. are found in same sentence,ἐμίσει, οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο, ἀλλ' εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο X.Ages.11.3
.3 in oratio obliqua after past tenses, representing ἐάν c. subj. or εἰ with a primary (never an historical) tense of the ind. in oratio recta, ἐλογίζοντο ὡς, εἰ μὴ μάχοιντο, ἀποστήσοιντο αἱ πόλεις (representing ἐὰν μὴ μαχώμεθα, ἀποστήσονται) X.HG6.4.6, cf. D.21.104, X.HG5.2.2; ἔλεγεν ὅτι, εἰ βλαβερὰ πεπραχὼς εἴη, δίκαιος εἴη ζημιοῦσθαι (representing εἰ βλαβερὰ πέπραχε, δίκαιός ἐστι) ib.32, cf. An.6.6.25; εἰ δέ τινα φεύγοντα λήψοιτο, προηγόρευεν ὅτι ὡς πολεμίψ χρήσοιτο (representing εἴ τινα λήψομαι, χρήσομαι) Id.Cyr.3.1.3; also, where oratio obliqua is implied in the leading clause, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πολέμου πέρας Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους.. ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει, i.e. Philip thought there would be no end to the war, unless he should make.. (his thought having been ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω), D.18.145;ἐβούλοντο γὰρ σφίσιν, εἴ τινα λάβοιεν, ὑπάρχειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἔνδον, ἢν ἄρα τύχωσί τινες ἐζωγρημένοι Th.2.5
.4 c. opt. with ἄν, only when the clause serves as apodosis as well as protasis, cf. Pl.Prt. 329b, D.4.18, X.Mem.1.5.3 (v.ἄν A. 111
. d).IV c. INF., in oratio obliqua, only in Hdt.,εἰ γὰρ δὴ δεῖν πάντως περιθεῖναι ἄλλῳ τέῳ τὴν βασιληΐην, [ἔφη] δικαιότερον εἶναι κτλ. 1.129
; , cf. 172, 3.105, 108.V after Verbs denoting wonder, delight, indignation, disappointment, contentment, and similar emotions, εἰ c. ind. is used instead of ὅτι, to express the object of the feeling in a hypothetical form, θαυμάζω εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτ' ἐνθυμεῖται μήτ' ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν .. I wonder that no one of you is either concerned or angry when he sees.., D.4.43;οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ εἰ μὴ δίκην δέδωκεν, ἀλλ' εἰ μὴ καὶ χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ στεφανωθήσεται ἀγανακτεῖ Aeschin.3.147
: after past tenses,ἐθαύμασε δ' εἰ μὴ φανερόν ἐστιν X.Mem.1.1.13
;δεινὸν εἰσῄει, εἰ μὴ.. δόξει D.19.33
; ;οὐδὲ ᾐσχύνθη εἰ.. ἐπάγει D.21.105
: in oratio obliqua (expressed or implied) c. opt., ἐπεῖπεν ὡς δεινὸν (sc. εἴη)εἰ.. μεγαλόψυχος γένοιτο Aeschin.2.157
;ᾤκτιρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο X.An.1.4.7
; ἐθαύμαζε δ' εἴ τις ἀρετὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀργύριον πράττοιτο he wondered that any one should demand money, Id.Mem.1.2.7; ἔχαιρον ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις ἐάσοι I rejoiced, being content if any one should let it pass, Pl.R. 450a:—in this use the neg. οὐ is also found, ; ;τέρας λέγεις, εἰ οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο λαθεῖν Pl.Men. 91d
, etc.VI in citing a fact as a ground of argument or appeal, as surely as, since, εἴ ποτ' ἔην γε if there was [as there was], i.e. as sure as there was such an one, Il.3.180, al.;εἰ τότε κοῦρος ἔα, νῦν αὖτέ με γῆρας ὀπάζει 4.321
; πολλοὺς γὰρ οἶκε εἶναι εὐπετέστερον διαβάλλειν ἢ ἕνα, εἰ Κλεομένεα μὲν μοῦνον οὐκ οἷός τε ἐγένετο διαβαλεῖν, τρεῖς δὲ μυριάδας Ἀθηναίων ἐποίησε τοῦτο it seems easier to deceive many than one, if (as was the fact, i.e. since) he was not able.., Hdt.5.97, cf. 1.60,al.VII ELLIPTICAL CONSTRUCTIONS:1 with apodosis implied in the context, εἰ having the force of in case, supposing that, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, εἰ ἐπιβοηθοῖεν, ἐχώρουν they marched towards the city [so as to meet the citizens], in case they should rush out, Th.6.100; ἱκέται πρὸς σὲ δεῦρ' ἀφίγμεθα, εἴ τινα πόλιν φράσειας ἡμῖν εὔερον we have come hither to you, in case you should tell us of some fleecy city (i.e. that we might hear of it), Ar.Av. 120; παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων, αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι sit by him and grasp his knees [so as to persuade him], in case he be willing to help the Trojans, Il.1.408, cf. 66, Od.1.94, 3.92; ἄκουσον καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐάν σοι ἔτι ταὐτὰ δοκῇ hear me also [that you may assent], in case the same opinion please you, Pl.R. 358b; ἰδὲ δή, ἐάν σοι ὅπερ ἐμοὶ συνδοκῇ look now, in case you approve what I do, ib. 434a.2 with apodosis suppressed for rhetorical reasons, εἴ περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλῃσιν Ὀλύμπιος.. στυφελίξαι if he wish to thrust him away, [he will do so], Il.1.580; εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας—· εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they shall give me a prize, [well and good]; but if they give not, then I will take one for myself, 1.135, cf. 6.150, Ar.Pl. 468; καὶ ἢν μὲν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα—· εἰ δὲ μή .. and if the attempt succeed, [well]; otherwise.., Th.3.3, cf. Pl.Prt. 325d.3 with the Verb of the protasis omitted, chiefly in the following expressions:a εἰ μή except,οὐδὲν ἄλλο σιτέονται, εἰ μὴ ἰχθῦς μοῦνον Hdt. 1.200
; μὰ τὼ θεώ, εἰ μὴ Κρίτυλλά γ' [εἰμί]—nay, if I'm not Critylla! i.e. I am, Ar.Th. 898; εἰ μὴ ὅσον except only,ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Hdt.2.73
, cf. 1.45, 2.20;εἰ μὴ εἰ Th.1.17
, Pl.Grg. 480b, etc.; εἰ μή τι οὖν, ἀλλὰ σμικρόν γέ μοι τῆς ἀρχῆς χάλασον if nothing else, yet.., Id.Men. 86e; ironical,εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλεια διαφθορά ἐστιν X.Mem.1.2.8
;εἰ μή πέρ γε τὸν ὑοσκύαμον χρήματα εἶναι φήσομεν Id.Oec.1.13
.b εἰ δὲ μή but if not, i.e. otherwise,προηγόρευε τοῖς Λαμψακηνοῖσι μετιέναι Μιλτιάδεα, εἰ δὲ μή, σφέας πίτυος τρόπον ἀπείλεε ἐκτρίψειν Hdt.6.37
, cf. 56; after μάλιστα μέν, Th.1.32,35, etc.:—after a preceding neg., μὴ τύπτ'· εἰ δὲ μή, σαυτόν ποτ' αἰτιάσει don't beat me; otherwise, you will have yourself to blame, Ar.Nu. 1433;ὦ Κῦρε, μὴ οὕτω λέγε· εἰ δὲ μή, οὐ θαρροῦντά με ἕξεις X.Cyr.3.1.35
;οὔτ' ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ ὅπλα ἦν ἔχειν· εἰ δὲ μή Id.An.4.3.6
, cf. Th.1.28, 131, Pl.Phd. 91c.c εἰ δέ sts. stands forεἰ δὲ μή, εἰ μὲν βούλεται, ἑψέτω· εἰ δ', ὅτι βούλεται, τοῦτο ποιείτω Pl.Euthd. 285c
, cf. Smp. 212c; ;εἰ δ' οὕτως Arist.EN 1094a24
; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο and if so, Str.2.1.29.e εἴ τις if any, i. e. as much as or more than any,τῶν γε νῦν αἴ τις ἐπιχθονίων, ὀρθῶς B.5.5
;ὄτλον ἄλγιστον ἔσχον, εἴ τις Αἰτωλὶς γυνή S.Tr.8
, cf. OC 734; εἴ τις ἄλλος, siquis alius, E.Andr.6, etc.;εἴ τινες καὶ ἄλλοι Hdt.3.2
, etc.;εἴπερ τις ἄλλος Pl.R. 501d
; also κατ' εἰ δέ τινα τρόπον in any way, IG 5(2).6.27 ([place name] Tegea).f εἴ ποτε or εἴπερ ποτέ now if ever,ἡμῖν δὲ καλῶς, εἴπερ ποτέ, ἔχει.. ἡ ξυναλλαγή Th.4.20
, cf. Ar.Eq. 594;αἴ ποτα κἄλλοτα Alc.Supp.7.11
, cf. X.An.6.4.12, etc.; but in prayers,εἴ ποτέ τοι ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα.. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ Il.1.39
.g εἴ ποθεν (sc. δυνατόν ἐστι) if from any quarter, i.e. from some quarter or other, S.Ph. 1204 (lyr.); so εἴ ποθι somewhere, anywhere, Id.Aj. 885 (lyr.);εἴ που Od.4.193
.h εἴ πως ib. 388, X.An.2.3.11: in an elliptical sentence (cf. VII. 1),πρέσβεις πέμψαντες, εἴ πως πείσειαν Th.1.58
.VIII with other PARTICLES:1 for the distinction between καὶ εἰ (or καὶ ἐάν, or κἄν ) even if, and εἰ καί (or ἐὰν καί ) even though, v. καί:—the opposite of καὶ εἰ is οὐδ' εἰ, not even if; that of εἰ καί is εἰ μηδέ, if (although) not even.IX in neg. oaths, = Hebr. im, LXXPs.94(95).11, Ev.Marc.8.12, al.C IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS, whether, folld. by the ind., subj., or opt., according to the principles of oratio obliqua:1 with IND. after primary tenses, representing the same tense in the direct question, σάφα δ' οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ θεός ἐστιν whether he is a god, Il.5.183;εἰ ξυμπονήσεις.. σκόπει S.Ant.41
.2 with SUBJ. after primary tenses, representing a dubitative subj. in the direct question, τὰ ἐκπώματα οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ Χρυσάντᾳ τουτῳῒ δῶ whether I should give them, X.Cyr.8.4.16: sts. elliptical,ἐς τὰ χρηστήρια ἔπεμπε, εἰ στρατεύηται ἐπὶ τοὺς Πέρσας Hdt.1.75
.3 OPT. after past tenses, representing either of the two previous constructions in the direct question, ἤρετο εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώτερος he asked whether any one was wiser than I (direct ἔστι τις σοφώτερος;), Pl.Ap. 21a;ἐπεκηρυκεύετο Πεισιστράτῳ, εἰ βούλοιτό οἱ τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα Hdt.1.60
: rarely [tense] aor. opt. for the [tense] aor. ind., ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύσειεν I asked him whether he had set sail (direct ἀνέπλευσας;), D.50.55: but [tense] aor. opt. usually represents [tense] aor. subj., τὸν θεὸν ἐπήροντο εἰ παραδοῖεν Κορινθίοις τὴν πόλιν.. καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ πειρῷντ' ἀπ' αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι they asked whether they should deliver their city to the Corinthians, and should try.., Th.1.25:—in both constructions the ind. or subj. may be retained, ψῆφον ἐβούλοντο ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰ χρὴ πολεμεῖν ib. 119; ἐβουλεύοντο εἴτε κατακαύσωσιν.. εἴτε τι ἄλλο χρήσωνται whether they should burn them or should dispose of them in some other way, Id.2.4; ἀνακοινοῦσθαι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ εἰ δῷ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς προέδροις [he said that] he consulted him whether he should give.., Aeschin.2.68.4 with OPT. and ἄν when this was the form of the direct question, ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά they asked whether they would give (direct δοιήτε ἄν;), X.An.4.8.7.5 the NEG. used with εἰ in indirect questions is οὐ, when οὐ would be used in the direct question, ἐνετέλλετο.. εἰρωτᾶν εἰ οὔ τι ἐπαισχύνεται whether he is not ashamed, Hdt.1.90, etc.; but if μή would be required in the direct form, it is retained in the indirect, οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλ' εἰ τοῦ μὲν δικαίου μὴ ἀξιοῖ πλέον ἔχειν μηδὲ βούλεται ὁ δίκαιος, τοῦ δὲ ἀδίκου (the direct question would be μὴ ἀξιοῖ μηδὲ βούλεται; he does not see fit nor wish, does he?) Pl.R. 349b:—in double indirect questions, εἴτε.. εἴτε.. ; εἰ.. εἴτε.. ; εἴτε.. ἢ .., either οὐ or μή can be used in the second clause, ; ; εἰ ἀληθὲς ἢ μή, πειράσομαι μαθεῖν ib. 339a;πολλὰ ἂν περιεσκέψω, εἴτε ἐπιτρεπτέον εἴτε οὔ·.. οὐδένα λόγον οὐδὲ συμβουλὴν ποιῇ, εἴτε χρὴ ἐπιτρέπειν σαυτὸν αὐτῷ εἴτε μή Id.Prt. 313a
, 313b;ἀνάγκη τὴν ἐμὴν μητέρα, εἴτε θυγάτηρ ἦν Κίρωνος εἴτε μή, καὶ εἰ παρ' ἐκείνῳ διῃτᾶτο ἢ οὔ, καὶ γάμους εἰ διττοὺς ὑπὲρ ταύτης εἱστίασεν ἢ μὴ.. πάντα ταῦτα εἰδέναι τοὺς οἰκέτας Is.8.9
; τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή.. τοὺς λόγους εἰ ὀρθῶς ὑμᾶς διδάσκουσιν ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14. -
7 ὁ
ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.2 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.① this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronounⓐ in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.ⓑ ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).ⓒ To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.② the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or stateⓐ w. nounsα. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.3 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.ⓑ Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.ⓒ The ptc. w. the art. receivesα. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.ⓓ The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. standsא. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also expressז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.ⓔ The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.ⓕ w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.ⓖ The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.ⓗ The neut. of the art. standsα. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.ⓘ Other notable uses of the art. areα. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).ⓙ One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καία. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.ⓚ In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M. -
8 tenir
tenir [t(ə)niʀ]━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━➭ TABLE 22━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque tenir fait partie d'une locution comme tenir compagnie, tenir chaud, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <b. ( = maintenir dans un certain état) to keepc. ( = gérer) [+ hôtel, magasin, comptes, maison, ménage] to keepd. ( = détenir) to have• si je le tenais ! just let me get my hands on him!• parfait, je tiens mon article great, now I have my article• qu'est-ce qu'il tient ! (inf) ( = il est ivre) he's plastered (inf!) ; ( = il est idiot) he's such an idiot!e. ( = contrôler) [+ enfant, classe] to have under controlf. ( = organiser) [+ séance, réunion, conférence] to hold• il tenait sa droite [conducteur] he was keeping to the righth. ( = contenir) [récipient] to hold• avec tout ce travail, est-ce qu'il pourra tenir le coup ? with all that work will he be able to cope?j. ( = respecter) [+ promesse, pari, planning] to keep tok. (locutions)► tenir qn/qch pour ( = considérer comme) to regard sb/sth as• elle le tient pour responsable de l'accident she holds him responsible for the accident► tenir qch de qn to get sth from sb• tiens, voilà mon frère ! oh, there's my brother!• tiens, tiens ! well, well!2. <a. ( = rester en place) [objet fixe, nœud, clou] to hold ; [objets empilés, échafaudage] to stay up• la branche est cassée mais elle tient encore the branch is broken but it's still attached to the treeb. ( = durer) [accord, beau temps, coiffure] to hold ; [couleur] to be fast ; [mariage, fleurs] to last• ça tient toujours, notre pique-nique ? (inf) is our picnic still on?c. ( = résister) to hold out• il fait trop chaud, on ne tient plus ici it's too hot - we can't stand it here any longer• à cette table, on peut tenir à huit this table can seat eight3. <• tenir à ( = être attaché à) [+ réputation, opinion de qn] to care about ; [+ objet, personne] to be fond of ; ( = avoir pour cause) to be due to• tu veux aller au cinéma ? -- je n'y tiens pas do you want to go to the cinema? -- not particularly• il tient à ce que nous sachions... he is anxious that we should know...• tu viens avec nous ? -- si tu y tiens are you coming with us? -- if you really want me to• à quoi ça tient ? why is that?• tenir de ( = ressembler à) [+ parent] to take after4. <( = dépendre de) to depend► qu'à cela ne tienne ! no problem!5. <b. ( = être dans une position) se tenir debout to be standing up• redresse-toi, tu te tiens mal stand up straight, you're slouchingc. ( = se conduire) to behave• il n'a qu'à bien se tenir ! he'd better behave himself!d. ( = avoir lieu) [conférence, réunion] to be held ; [festival] to take placee. ( = être cohérent) [raisonnement] to hold togetherf. (locutions)► tiens-toi bien ! wait till you hear the next bit!• tu sais combien elle a gagné ? tiens-toi bien: 3 millions ! do you know how much she won? you won't believe it! - 3 million!► s'en tenir à ( = se limiter à) to confine o.s. to ; ( = se satisfaire de) to content o.s. with• je sais à quoi m'en tenir sur son compte I know the sort of man he is► se tenir pour ( = se considérer comme)• tenez-vous-le pour dit ! (avertissement) you've been warned!* * *təniʀ
1.
1) ( serrer) to holdtiens! — ( voici) here you are!; ( écoute-moi) look!
tiens! c'est pour toi — ( voici un cadeau) here, it's for you; ( voici une gifle) take that!
2) ( avoir sous son contrôle) to keep [somebody] under control3) Armée to hold4) ( avoir attrapé) to holdje te tiens! — I've caught ou got you!
pendant que je te tiens — fig whilst I've got you
tenir une grippe — (colloq) to have flu GB ou the flu US
5) ( posséder) to have [renseignements]6) ( avoir la charge de) to hold [emploi]; to run [boutique, maison, journal]; to be in charge of [standard, bureau d'accueil]7) ( garder) to keep‘tenir hors de portée des enfants’ — ‘keep out of reach of children’
tenir une note — Musique to hold a note
8) ( conserver une position)9) ( maintenir en place) to hold down [chargement]; to hold up [pantalon, chaussettes]10) ( ne pas s'écarter de) to keep to [trajectoire]11) ( résister)tenir la mer — [navire] to be seaworthy
tenir le coup — (physiquement, moralement) to hold out
tenir le choc — [matériel] to withstand the impact; [personne] to stand the strain
12) ( contenir) to hold [quantité, litres]13) ( occuper) [objet] to take up [espace, volume]; [personne] to hold [rôle, position]14) ( considérer)tenir quelqu'un/quelque chose pour responsable — to hold somebody/something responsible
2.
tenir à verbe transitif indirecttenir à — to be fond of, to like
tenir à sa réputation/à la vie — to value one's reputation/one's life
2) ( vouloir)3) ( être dû à)
3.
tenir de verbe transitif indirect1) ( ressembler à)il a de qui tenir — (colloq) you can (just) see who he takes after ou where he gets it from
2) ( s'apparenter à)
4.
verbe intransitif1) ( rester en place) [attache, corde, étagère, barrage, soufflé] to hold; [timbre, colle, sparadrap] to stick (à to); [assemblage, bandage] to stay in place; [coiffure] to stay tidy; [mise en plis] to stay in2) ( résister)tenir (bon) — ( surmonter les conditions) to hold out; ( refuser de capituler) gén to hang on; Armée to hold out; ( ne pas relâcher sa prise) [personne] to hang on
tenir sans cigarettes jusqu'à la fin de la réunion — to last without cigarettes till the end of the meeting
il n'y a pas de télévision qui tienne — (colloq) there's no question of watching television
3) ( durer)la couleur n'a pas tenu — the colour [BrE] has faded
4) ( rester valable) [théorie, argument] to hold good; [alibi] to stand up5) ( être contenu) [personnes, objets] to fit ( dans into)tenir en hauteur/largeur/longueur — to be short enough/narrow enough/short enough ( dans for)
5.
se tenir verbe pronominal1) ( soi-même) to hold2) ( l'un l'autre)3) ( s'accrocher) to hold ontiens-toi or tenez-vous bien — (colloq) fig prepare yourself for a shock
4) ( demeurer)se tenir accroupi/allongé — to be squatting/stretched out
se tenir tranquille — ( immobile) to keep still; ( silencieux) to keep quiet; ( dans la légalité) to behave oneself
se tenir immobile — ( debout) to stand still
5) ( se comporter) to behave6) ( avoir une posture)se tenir bien/mal — to have (a) good posture/(a) bad posture
tiens-toi droit! — ( debout) stand up straight!; ( assis) sit straight!
7) ( avoir lieu) [manifestation, exposition] to be held8) ( être liés) [événements] to fit together9) ( être cohérent) [raisonnement, œuvre] to hold together10) ( se considérer)tenez-vous le pour dit! — (colloq) I don't want to have to tell you again!
11) ( être fidèle)12) ( se limiter)
6.
verbe impersonnel
7.
tiens exclamation oh!tiens (donc), vous voilà! — oh, there you are!
tiens, vous croyez? — do you think so?
tiens donc! — iron fancy that!
tiens tiens (tiens)! — well, well!
* * *t(ə)niʀ1. vt1) (avec sa main) to holdTu peux tenir la lampe, s'il te plaît? — Can you hold the torch, please?
Il tenait un enfant par la main. — He was holding a child by the hand.
2) (= gérer) [magasin, hôtel] to run3) [promesse, engagement] to keep4) (= considérer)5) (= occuper)6) (= résister à)7) (= garder, maintenir)Tenez votre chien en laisse. — Keep your dog on the lead.
8) (= avoir reçu)tenir qch de qn [histoire] — to have heard sth from sb, [qualité, défaut] to have inherited sth from sb, to have got sth from sb
2. vi1) (= ne pas se défaire) [noeud, joint] to hold2) (= ne pas disparaître) [neige, gel] to last3) (= résister) (= survivre) to survivetiens, voilà le stylo! — there's the pen!
5) (exclamatif)Tiens, c'est Alain là-bas! — Look, that's Alain over there!
6)tenir à [ami, objet] — to be attached to, to care for
Il tient beaucoup à elle. — He's very attached to her., (= avoir pour cause) to be due to, to stem from, (= dépendre de)
tenir à faire — to really want to do, to be determined to do
Elle tient à y aller. — She's determined to go.
7)tenir de (= relever de) — to partake of, (= ressembler à) to take after
Il tient de son père. — He takes after his father.
* * *tenir verb table: venirA vtr1 ( serrer) to hold [objet, personne, animal]; tiens-moi ça hold this (for me); tiens-moi hold me; tiens-moi la main hold my hand; tenir qn par la main/le bras to hold sb's hand/arm; tenir un enfant contre sa poitrine to hold a child to one's breast; tenir qch à la main/dans ses mains to hold sth in one's hand/in one's hands; tenir un couteau par le manche to hold a knife by the handle; tenir la rampe to hold onto the banister; tenir son chien to hold one's dog; tenir fermement qch to hold sth firmly ou tightly; tenir qch serré sous le bras to hold sth firmly ou tightly under one's arm; tiens!, tenez! ( voici) here you are!; ( écoutez-moi) look!; tiens! c'est pour toi ( voici un cadeau) here, it's for you; ( voici une gifle) take that!; si je le tenais! if I could get or lay my hands on him!; bien tenir to hold on to [portefeuille, chien]; faire tenir une lettre/un message à qn† to dispatch a letter/a message to sb; ⇒ deux;2 ( avoir sous son contrôle) to keep [sb] under control [élèves, enfants]; tenir sa classe to control one's class well; tenir son cheval Équit to keep one's horse well in hand; il nous tient he's got a hold on us;3 Mil (occuper, contrôler) to hold [colline, pont, ville]; tenir la première place Sport to be in first place;4 ( avoir attrapé) to hold [animal, coupable, meurtrier]; je te tiens! I've caught ou got you!; pendant que je te tiens fig whilst I've got you; tenir une grippe○ to have flu GB ou the flu US;5 ( posséder) to have [preuves, renseignements]; il tient le sujet de son prochain roman he's got the subject of his next novel; tenir qch de qn to get sth from sb [trait physique, caractère, information]; il tient ses yeux bleus de son père he gets his blue eyes from his father; il tient ses informations d'un ami he got his information from a friend; je tiens cette nouvelle de Paul I got this news from Paul; d'où or de qui tenez-vous ce renseignement? where did you get that information?; d'où tenez-vous cette certitude? what makes you so certain?; elle tient ses bijoux de sa mère she inherited her jewels from her mother;6 ( avoir la charge de) to hold [emploi, poste, assemblée]; to run [café, boutique, maison, journal, municipalité]; to be in charge of, to be on duty on [standard, bureau d'accueil]; bien tenir sa maison to keep one's house spick and span; tenir la comptabilité to keep the books;7 ( garder) to keep; tenir qn occupé to keep sb busy; tenir sa chambre propre to keep one's room tidy; tenir les aliments au frais to keep food in a cool place; ‘tenir hors de portée des enfants’ ‘keep out of reach of children’; tenir un accord secret to keep an agreement secret; tenir la porte fermée to keep the door closed; tenir une note Mus to hold a note; tenir un article† to carry an item; tenir les cours† Fin to maintain prices;8 ( conserver une position) tenir sa tête droite/immobile to hold one's head upright/still; tenir les bras écartés to hold one's arms apart; tenir les mains/les bras en l'air to hold up one's hands/one's arms; tenir les yeux ouverts/baissés to keep one's eyes open/lowered; tenir les poings serrés to keep one's fists clenched;9 ( maintenir en place) to hold down [chargement]; to hold up [pantalon, chaussettes]; tenir la porte fermée avec son pied to hold the door shut with one's foot;10 ( ne pas s'écarter de) to keep to [trajectoire]; to keep [rythme] ; tenir sa droite/sa gauche to keep to the right/to the left; tenir le large to stay in open waters;11 ( résister) ne pas tenir la comparaison not to bear comparison; tenir l'eau to be waterproof; tenir la mer [navire] to be seaworthy; tenir le coup (physiquement, moralement) to hold out; tenir le choc lit [matériel, appareil, verre] to withstand the impact; [personne] to stand the strain;12 ( contenir) to hold [quantité]; tenir vingt litres to hold twenty litresGB; ma voiture ne tient que deux personnes there's room for only two people in my car;13 ( occuper) [objet] to take up [espace, place, volume]; [personne] to hold [rôle, position]; tenir peu de place not to take up much room; tenir la place de deux personnes to take up as much room as two people; le monument tient le centre de la place the monument stands in the centreGB of the square;14 ( considérer) tenir qch pour sacré to hold sth sacred; tenir qn pour responsable to hold sb responsible; je le tiens pour un lâche I consider him (to be) a coward; je tiens mes renseignements pour exacts I consider my information to be correct; tenir qn pour mort to give sb up for dead; tenir pour certain que to regard it as certain that.B tenir à vtr ind1 ( avoir de l'attachement pour) tenir à to be fond of, to like [personne, objet]; tenir à sa réputation/à la vie to value one's reputation/one's life; il tient à son argent he can't bear to be parted from his money; tenir à son indépendance to like one's independence; tenir au corps [aliment] to be nourishing;2 ( vouloir) j'y tiens I insist; si vous y tenez if you insist; tenir à faire to want to do; elle tient à vous parler she insists on speaking to you; je ne tiens pas à faire I'd rather not do; tenir à ce que qn fasse to insist that sb should do; je ne tiens pas à ce qu'elle fasse I'd rather she didn't do; je tiens beaucoup à la revoir I'd really like to see her again; il tient à rentrer avant la nuit he's anxious to get home before dark; nous tenons absolument à vous avoir à dîner bientôt you really must come to dinner soon; ne reste pas si tu n'y tiens pas don't stay if you don't want to;3 ( être dû à) tenir à to be due to; la mauvaise récolte tient au manque d'eau the poor harvest is due to a lack of water; tes erreurs tiennent à ton inexpérience your mistakes are due to your lack of experience.C tenir de vtr ind1 ( ressembler à) tenir de to take after; tenir de sa mère/son père to take after one's mother/one's father; il a de qui tenir○ you can (just) see who he takes after ou where he gets it from; de qui peut-elle tenir pour être si méchante? where does she get her nastiness from?;D vi1 ( rester en place) [clou, attache, corde, étagère, barrage, soufflé] to hold; [timbre, colle, sparadrap] to stick; [assemblage, bandage] to stay in place; [coiffure] to stay tidy; [mise en plis] to stay in; tenir au mur avec de la colle/des épingles ( adhérer) to stick to the wall with glue/pins; tenir sur une jambe/un pied to stand on one leg/one foot; ces chaussures ne me tiennent pas aux pieds these shoes won't stay on my feet;2 ( résister) tenir (bon) ( surmonter les conditions) [personne, matériel] to hold out; ( refuser de capituler) gén to hang on, to hold out; Mil to hold out; ( ne pas relâcher sa prise) [personne] to hang on; tenir sans cigarettes jusqu'à la fin de la réunion to last ou go without cigarettes till the end of the meeting; tenir jusqu'à la fin de la réunion to hold out until the end of the meeting; tenir économiquement to hold ou last out in economic terms; j'espère que ma voiture va tenir (bon) I hope my car will last out; on a voulu me renvoyer mais j'ai tenu (bon) they wanted to fire me but I hung on; je ne peux plus (y) tenir I can't stand it any longer; il n'y a pas de télévision qui tienne○ there's no question of watching television;3 ( durer) le plan tient-il toujours? is the plan still on?; leur mariage tient encore their marriage is still holding together; le soleil n'a pas tenu longtemps the sun didn't last long; la neige tient/ne tient pas the snow is settling/is not settling; les fleurs n'ont pas tenu the flowers didn't last long; la couleur n'a pas tenu the colourGB has faded; tenir au lavage [couleur] not to run in the wash GB ou laundry US;4 ( rester valable) [théorie, argument] to hold good; ton alibi ne tient plus your alibi no longer stands up; ‘ça tient toujours pour demain?’ ‘is it still all right for tomorrow?’;5 ( être contenu) [personnes, véhicule, meubles, objets] to fit (dans into); mes vêtements tiendront dans une valise my clothes will fit into one suitcase; tenir à six dans une voiture to fit six into a car; faire tenir six personnes dans une voiture to fit six people into a car; mon article tient en trois pages my article takes up only three pages; tenir en hauteur/largeur/longueur to be short enough/narrow enough/short enough (dans for); tenir en hauteur dans une pièce to fit into a room (heightwise); ne pas tenir en hauteur/largeur/longeur to be too tall/wide/long (dans for); ne pas tenir en largeur dans un espace to be too wide for a space.E se tenir vpr1 ( soi-même) [personne] to hold [tête, ventre, bras]; se tenir la tête de douleur to hold one's head in pain; se tenir la tête à deux mains to hold one's head in one's hands;2 ( l'un l'autre) se tenir par le bras [personnes] to be arm in arm; ils se tenaient par la taille they had their arms around each other's waists; se tenir par la main [personnes] to hold hands;3 ( s'accrocher) to hold on; se tenir par les pieds to hold on with one's feet; se tenir à une branche/à la rampe to hold onto a branch/onto the banisters; se tenir d'une main à qch to hold onto sth with one hand; tiens-toi or tenez-vous bien○ fig prepare yourself for a shock;4 ( demeurer) se tenir accroupi/allongé/penché/courbé/à genoux to be squatting/stretched out/leaning/bent over/kneeling; se tenir au milieu/à la porte ( debout) to be standing in the middle/at the door; se tenir caché/sans bouger/au chaud to stay hidden/still/in the warm; se tenir prêt to be ready; se tenir tranquille ( immobile) to keep still; ( silencieux) to keep quiet; ( dans la légalité) to behave oneself; se tenir immobile ( debout) to stand still;5 ( se comporter) to behave; se tenir bien/mal to behave well/badly; savoir se tenir to know how to behave; tiens-toi bien! behave yourself!;6 ( avoir une posture) se tenir droit or bien/mal to have (a) good posture/(a) bad posture; tiens-toi droit! ( debout) stand up straight!; ( assis) sit straight!;7 ( avoir lieu) [manifestation, exposition] to be held; la réunion se tiendra au Caire the meeting will be held in Cairo;8 ( être liés) [événements] to fit together;9 ( être cohérent) [exposé, raisonnement, œuvre] to hold together; il n'y a rien à dire, tout se tient there's nothing to be said, it all holds together; ça se tient it makes sense;10 ( se considérer) se tenir pour to consider oneself to be; je me tiens pour satisfait des résultats I consider myself to be satisfied with the results; tenez-vous le pour dit○! I don't want to have to tell you again!;11 ( être fidèle) s'en tenir à to stand by; je m'en tiendrai à ma promesse/notre accord/leur décision I will stand by my promise/our agreement/their decision;12 ( se limiter) s'en tenir à to keep to; s'en tenir au minimum/au sujet to keep to a minimum/to the point; s'en tenir aux ordres to stick to orders; s'en tenir là to leave it there; ne pas savoir à quoi s'en tenir avec qn/qch not to know what to make of sb/sth.F v impers il ne tient qu'à toi de partir it's up to you to decide whether to leave; qu'à cela ne tienne! never mind!G tiens excl oh!; tiens (donc), vous voilà! oh, there you are!; tiens, je parie que c'est ta mère! oh! I bet it's your mother; tiens, vous croyez? do you think so?; tiens, tu es invité aussi? oh! so you've been invited as well?; tiens, tu n'étais pas au courant? didn't you know?; tiens donc! iron fancy that!; tiens tiens (tiens)! well, well!en tenir pour qn to have a crush on sb.[tənir] verbe transitifA.[AVOIR DANS LES MAINS]1. [retenir] to hold (on to)je tenais mal la bouteille et elle m'a échappé I wasn't holding the bottle tightly enough and it slipped2. [manier] to holdtu tiens mal ta raquette/ton arc you're not holding your racket/your bow properlyB.[CONSERVER]tiens-lui la porte, il est chargé hold the door open for him, he's got his hands full2. [garder - note] to hold‘tenez votre droite’a. [sur la route] ‘keep (to the) right’b. [sur un Escalator] ‘keep to the right’4. (Belgique) [collectionner] to collectC.[POSSÉDER]1. [avoir reçu]tenir quelque chose de quelqu'un [par hérédité] to get something from somebody[avoir à sa merci] to have gotah, ah, petit coquin, je te tiens! got you, you little devil!si je tenais celui qui a défoncé ma portière! just let me get ou lay my hands on whoever smashed in my car door!elle m'a tenu une heure avec ses histoires de divorce I had to listen to her going on about her divorce for a whole hourpendant que je vous tiens (au téléphone), pourrais-je vous demander un service? since I'm speaking to you (on the phone), may I ask you a favour?3. [détenir - indice, information, preuve] to have ; [ - contrat] to have, to have won ; [ - réponse, solution] to have (found) ou gottenir quelque chose de [l'apprendre] to have (got) something fromil a eu des troubles psychologiques — de qui tenez-vous cela? he's had psychological problems — who told you that?nous tenons de source sûre/soviétique que... we have it on good authority/we hear from Soviet sources that...tenir quelque chose de [le tirer de]: je tiens mon autorité de l'État I derive my power from the stateelle en tient une couche! (familier) she's as thick as two short planks (UK), what a dumb bell! (US)il en tient une bonne ce soir (familier) he's had a skinful (UK) ou he's three sheets to the wind tonightb. [il est ivre] he's really plastered!4. [transmettre]nous vous ferons tenir une copie des documents (soutenu) we will make sure you receive a copy of the documentsD.[CONTRÔLER, AVOIR LA RESPONSABILITÉ DE]1. [avoir prise sur, dominer] to holdquand la colère le tient, il peut être dangereux he can be dangerous when he's angryla jalousie le tenait jealousy had him in its grip, he was gripped by jealousy[avoir de l'autorité sur - classe, élève] to (keep under) controltenir la caisse to be at the cash desk, to be the cashierelle tient la rubrique artistique à "Madame" she has a regular Arts column in "Madame"le soir, il tenait le bar at night he used to serve behind the barle tribunal tiendra audience dans le nouveau bâtiment the court hearings will be held in the new buildingtenir des propos désobligeants/élogieux to make offensive/appreciative remarks5. [astreint à]je me sens tenu de la prévenir I feel morally obliged ou duty-bound to warn her7. ÉQUITATION [cheval] to keep in handE.[EXPRIME UNE MESURE]tenir une place importante to have ou to hold an important place2. [contenir] to holdF.[ÊTRE CONSTANT DANS]1. [résister à] (to be able) to takea. (familier) [assemblage, vêtements] to hold outb. [digue] to hold (out)c. [personne] (to be able) to take itle soir, je ne tiens pas le coup I can't take late nightstenir une promesse to keep ou to fulfil a promise[s'engager dans - pari]je tiens la gageure ou le pari! I'll take up the challenge!tenir quelqu'un/quelque chose pour to consider somebody/something to be, to look upon somebody/something as————————[tənir] verbe intransitif1. [rester en position - attache] to hold ; [ - chignon] to stay up, to hold ; [ - bouton, trombone] to stay on ; [ - empilement, tas] to stay upmets du gel, tes cheveux tiendront mieux use gel, your hair'll hold its shape betterle porridge vous tient au corps ou à l'estomac porridge keeps you goingfaire tenir quelque chose avec de la colle/des clous to glue/to nail something into positiona. [être fixé à] to be fixed on ou tob. [être contigu à] to be next to[personne]il ne tient pas encore bien sur sa bicyclette/ses skis/ses jambes he's not very steady on his bike/his skis/his legs yetcet enfant ne tient pas sur sa chaise this child can't sit still ou is always fidgeting in his chair2. [résister - union] to last, to hold out ; [ - chaise, vêtements] to hold ou to last out ; [ - digue] to hold out ; [ - personne] to hold ou to last outje ne tiens plus au soleil, je rentre I can't stand the sun any more, I'm going intes arguments ne tiendront pas longtemps face à la réalité your arguments won't hold for very long when faced with realitytenir bon ou fermea. [s'agripper] to hold firm ou tightb. [ne pas céder] to hold outtenez bon, les secours arrivent hold ou hang on, help's on its wayil me refusait une augmentation, mais j'ai tenu bon he wouldn't give me a rise but I held out ou stood my groundne pas y tenir, ne (pas) pouvoir y tenir: n'y tenant plus, je l'appelai au téléphone unable to stand it any longer, I phoned himça sent si bon le chocolat, je ne vais pas pouvoir y tenir there's such a gorgeous smell of chocolate, I just won't be able to resist it3. [durer, ne pas s'altérer - fleurs] to keep, to last ; [ - tissu] to last (well) ; [ - beau temps] to last, to hold out ; [ - bronzage] to last ; [ - neige] to settle, to stayil n'y a pas de "mais ma tante" qui tienne, tu vas te coucher! there's no "but Auntie" about it, off to bed with you!5. [pouvoir être logé] to fittenir en hauteur/largeur (dans) to fit vertically/widthwise (in)6. (locution)a. (familier) [aimer] to be hooked on somethingb. [ne considérer que] to stick to somethingtiens, tenez [en donnant quelque chose] heretiens, tenez [pour attirer l'attention, pour insister]: tiens, le tonnerre gronde listen, it's thunderingtiens, rends-toi utile here, make yourself usefultenez, je ne vous ferai même pas payer l'électricité look, I won't even charge you for the electricitys'il est intéressé par le salaire? tiens, bien sûr que oui! is he interested in the salary? you bet he is!tiens, tenez [exprime la surprise, l'incrédulité]: tiens, Bruno! que fais-tu ici? (hello) Bruno, what are you doing here?tiens, je n'aurais jamais cru ça de lui well, well, I'd never have expected it of himun tiens vaut mieux que deux tu l'auras (proverbe) a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush (proverbe)————————tenir à verbe plus préposition1. [être attaché à - personne] to care for, to be very fond of ; [ - objet] to be attached to ; [ - réputation] to care about ; [ - indépendance, liberté] to valuesi tu tiens à la vie... if you value your life...2. [vouloir]tenir à faire quelque chose to be eager to do ou to be keen on doing somethingje tiens à être présent à la signature du contrat I insist on being there when the contract is signedtu veux lui parler? — je n'y tiens pas vraiment would you like to talk to him? — not really ou not particularlytenir à ce que: je tiens à ce qu'ils aient une bonne éducation I'm most concerned that they should have a good educationvenez dîner, j'y tiens absolument! come and have dinner, I insist!le bonheur tient parfois à peu de chose sometimes it's the little things that give people the most happiness4. (tournure impersonnelle) [être du ressort de]s'il ne tenait qu'à moi if it was up to me ou my decision————————tenir de verbe plus préposition1. [ressembler à] to take afterce chien tient à la fois de l'épagneul et du setter this dog is a sort of cross between a spaniel and a setterelle est vraiment têtue/douée — elle a de qui tenir! she's so stubborn/gifted — it runs in the family!2. [relever de]————————se tenir verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)se tenir par le cou/la taille to have one's arms round each other's shoulders/waists————————se tenir verbe pronominal (emploi passif)————————se tenir verbe pronominal transitifse tenir la tête à deux mains to hold ou to clutch one's head in one's hands————————se tenir verbe pronominal intransitif1. [se retenir] to hold on (tight)b. [fortement] to cling to, to clutch, to grip2. [se trouver - en position debout] to stand, to be standing ; [ - en position assise] to sit, to be sitting ou seateda. [debout] to stand up straightb. [assis] to sit up straightse tenir aux aguets to be on the lookout, to watch out3. [se conduire] to behave4. [être cohérent]a. [argumentation, intrigue] to hold together, to stand upb. [raisonnement] to hold water, to hold together5. (locution)d'abord ingénieur puis directrice d'usine, elle ne s'en est pas tenue là she started out as an engineer, then became a factory manager, but she didn't stop therene pas se tenir de [joie, impatience] to be beside oneself withtiens-toi bien, tenez-vous bien: ils ont détourné, tiens-toi bien, deux millions d'euros! they embezzled, wait for it, 2 million euros!elle a battu le record, tenez-vous bien, de plus de deux secondes! she broke the previous record and by over two seconds, would you believe!————————se tenir pour verbe pronominal plus préposition1. [se considérer comme]je ne me tiens pas encore pour battu I don't reckon I'm ou I don't consider myself defeated yetje ne me tiens pas pour un génie I don't regard myself as ou think of myself as ou consider myself a genius2. (locution)je ne supporterai pas tes insolences, tiens-le-toi pour dit! I'll say this only once, I won't put up with your rudeness! -
9 elegir
v.1 to choose, to select.tiene dos colores a elegir you can choose from two colorsrojo o verde, ¿cuál eliges? red or green, which one do you want?dar a alguien a elegir entre varias cosas to give somebody a choice between several thingshay mucho donde elegir there's a lot to choose from2 to elect.fue elegido por unanimidad he was elected unanimouslyha sido elegida mejor película del año it was voted best film of the yearMaría escoge los maduros Mary chooses the ripe ones.3 to choose to, to decide to.* * *(e changes to i in certain persons of certain tenses; g changes to j before a and o)Present IndicativePast IndicativePresent SubjunctiveImperfect SubjunctiveFuture SubjunctiveImperative* * *verb1) to elect2) choose, select* * *VT1) (=escoger) to choose, selectla eligieron por su profesionalidad — she was chosen o selected for her professionalism
a elegir entre cinco tipos — there are five sorts to choose o select from
hablará en francés o italiano, a elegir — he will speak in French or Italian as you prefer
2) [+ candidato] to elect* * *verbo transitivoa) ( escoger) to chooseme dieron a elegir — I was given a o the choice
b) ( por votación) to elect* * *= appoint, choose, click off, make + choices, elect, co-opt, vote, plump for.Ex. No less prestigious an authority than a Royal Commission was appointed to inquire into the charges brought against the man principally responsible for that volume.Ex. A library is no longer constrained to choose either a classified or a dictionary catalogue.Ex. We may some day click off arguments on a machine with the same assurance that we now enter sales on a cash register.Ex. Frequently it is necessary for the librarian or information worker to make choices concerning record size and field size.Ex. This Act defined the right of workers to organize and to elect representatives.Ex. The honorary members, some of whom have co-opted, have high positions in the library hierarchy.Ex. She has been voted librarian of the year because of her work as an advocate and fighter for the freedom of information for the prison population.Ex. There is some discussion as to what RSS stands for, but the majority plump for 'Really Simple Syndication'.----* demasiado donde elegir = embarrassment of riches, spoilt for choice.* elegir con cuidado = pick and choose.* elegir con esmero = pick and choose.* elegir el camino más fácil = take + the path of least resistance.* elegir entre = sort through.* elegir pulsando una tecla de un ratón = click.* elegir un comité = appoint + committee.* ¿qué elegir? = which way to go?.* ser exigente al elegir = pick and choose.* * *verbo transitivoa) ( escoger) to chooseme dieron a elegir — I was given a o the choice
b) ( por votación) to elect* * *= appoint, choose, click off, make + choices, elect, co-opt, vote, plump for.Ex: No less prestigious an authority than a Royal Commission was appointed to inquire into the charges brought against the man principally responsible for that volume.
Ex: A library is no longer constrained to choose either a classified or a dictionary catalogue.Ex: We may some day click off arguments on a machine with the same assurance that we now enter sales on a cash register.Ex: Frequently it is necessary for the librarian or information worker to make choices concerning record size and field size.Ex: This Act defined the right of workers to organize and to elect representatives.Ex: The honorary members, some of whom have co-opted, have high positions in the library hierarchy.Ex: She has been voted librarian of the year because of her work as an advocate and fighter for the freedom of information for the prison population.Ex: There is some discussion as to what RSS stands for, but the majority plump for 'Really Simple Syndication'.* demasiado donde elegir = embarrassment of riches, spoilt for choice.* elegir con cuidado = pick and choose.* elegir con esmero = pick and choose.* elegir el camino más fácil = take + the path of least resistance.* elegir entre = sort through.* elegir pulsando una tecla de un ratón = click.* elegir un comité = appoint + committee.* ¿qué elegir? = which way to go?.* ser exigente al elegir = pick and choose.* * *elegir [I8 ]vt1 (escoger) to chooseme dieron a elegir I was given a o the choicetres postres a elegir choice of three dessertstener mucho de donde elegir to be spoilt for choiceno nos dieron la posibilidad de elegir we weren't given any choice o optionelegí el más caro I chose o ( colloq) went for the most expensive oneeligió dos asignaturas muy difíciles he opted to do o he chose two very difficult subjects2 (por votación) to elect* * *
elegir ( conjugate elegir) verbo transitivo
◊ me dieron a elegir I was given a o the choice
elegir verbo transitivo
1 to choose ➣ Ver nota en choose
2 Pol (a un dirigente) to elect
' elegir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acertada
- acertado
- dedo
- existente
- optar
- designar
- elige
- regodearse
- tuntún
English:
choose
- elect
- free rein
- pick
- pick out
- power
- return
- select
- spoil
- time
- vote
- way
- what
* * *♦ vt1. [escoger] to choose, to select;siempre elige a los más guapos she always chooses the best-looking ones;entre todos los candidatos te han elegido a ti out of all the candidates you have been selected;eligió la carrera de actor he chose a career in acting;tiene dos colores a elegir you have two colours to choose from;rojo o verde, ¿cuál eliges? red or green, which one do you want?2. [por votación] to elect;fue elegido por unanimidad he was elected unanimously;ha sido elegida mejor película del año it was voted best film of the year♦ vi[escoger] to choose;tú eliges YOU choose;dar a alguien a elegir entre varias cosas to give sb a choice between several things;si me das a elegir, prefiero el rojo given the choice, I prefer the red;hay mucho donde elegir there's a lot to choose from* * ** * *elegir {28} vt1) escoger, seleccionar: to choose, to select2) : to elect* * *elegir vb2. (votar) to elect¿quién ha sido elegido? who has been elected? -
10 С-116
В СЕМЬЕ HE БЕЗ УРОДА (saying) in every family or group there is a member who stands out from the rest in a negative way (or, when used ironically or humorously, in a positive way): - there' a black sheep in every flock (family) there's one in every crowd (family etc) there's a (one) rotten (bad) apple (in every barrel) therefe always one bad apple there's always one.«Даже и коммунисты — и те перегрызлись между собой». - «Не клевещите, Марченко! Коммунисты - в едином строю!» - «А китайцы? Албанцы? А раскол во многих компартиях?» - «Что китайцы! В семье не без урода» (Марченко 1). "Even the communists have fallen out among themselves." "Don't speak such slander, Marchenko! Communists form a united front." "What about the Chinese? And the Albanians? And the splits in all sorts of communist parties?" "What about the Chinese! There's a black sheep in every family" (1a).Говорят, что многие известные люди откликнулись на предложение газеты дать в печати достойную отповедь этому отщепенцу... Но в семье, как говорится, не без урода. Говорят, что один известный деятель... позволил себе усомниться (Войнович 4). They say that many well-known people responded to the newspaper's offer to give this turncoat the rebukes he deserved in print....But, as the saying goes, there's always one bad apple. There was talk that a certain well-known figure...permitted himself to doubt (4a). -
11 в семье не без урода
[saying]=====⇒ in every family or group there is a member who stands out from the rest in a negative way (or, when used ironically or humorously, in a positive way):- there's one in every crowd (family etc);- there's always one.♦ "Даже и коммунисты - и те перегрызлись между собой". - "Не клевещите, Марченко! Коммунисты - в едином строю!" - "А китайцы? Албанцы? А раскол во многих компартиях?" - "Что китайцы! В семье не без урода" (Марченко 1). "Even the communists have fallen out among themselves." "Don't speak such slander, Marchenko! Communists form a united front." "What about the Chinese? And the Albanians? And the splits in all sorts of communist parties?" "What about the Chinese! There's a black sheep in every family" (1a).♦ Говорят, что многие известные люди откликнулись на предложение газеты дать в печати достойную отповедь этому отщепенцу... Но в семье, как говорится, не без урода. Говорят, что один известный деятель... позволил себе усомниться (Войнович 4). They say that many well-known people responded to the newspaper's offer to give this turncoat the rebukes he deserved in print....But, as the saying goes, there's always one bad apple. There was talk that a certain well-known figure...permitted himself to doubt (4a).Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > в семье не без урода
-
12 arriba
adv.1 above (posición) (en general).te esperaremos arriba, en la cumbre we'll wait for you up at the topel estante de arriba the top shelfel apartamento de arriba the upstairs (el siguiente) flat o (British) apartment; (United States) the top (elúltimo) flat o (British) apartment (United States)vive arriba she lives upstairsestá aquí/allí arriba it's up here/therearriba del todo right at the topmás arriba further upponlo un poco más arriba put it a bit higher up2 up (direction).hacia o para arriba up, upwardcalle/escaleras arriba up the street/stairs3 above.el arriba mencionado… the above-mentioned…intj.up, up with you.pres.indicat.3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: arribar.* * *► adverbio1 up (encima) on (the) top2 (piso) upstairs■ vive arriba he/she lives upstairs3 (en escritos) above1 up!■ ¡arriba la República! long live the Republic!, up the Republic!\de arriba abajo from top to bottomhacia arriba upwards* * *1. adv.1) above2) up, upward3) upstairs•- de arriba abajo
- hacia arriba 2. interj.* * *1. ADV1) [indicando situación] above•
allí arriba — up there•
aquí arriba — up here•
de arriba, el botón de arriba — the top buttonlos dientes de arriba — my top o upper row of teeth
los de arriba — those above; (=los que mandan) the people o those at the top
•
desde arriba — from above•
está más arriba — it's higher o further up2) [indicando dirección]de arriba abajo — from top to bottom, from head to foot
vestida de negro de arriba abajo — dressed completely in black, dressed in black from head to foot
se puede mirar el catálogo de arriba abajo — you can read the catalogue through from beginning to end
andar para arriba y para abajo, ir de arriba para abajo — to run back and forth
•
hasta arriba, subí hasta arriba — I climbed to the topestá hasta arriba de trabajo — * he's up to his eyes in work *
•
llegar arriba — to get to the topagua, cuesta, patas•
"este lado para arriba" — "this side up"3) [en casa] upstairsgrité de tal manera que los de arriba lo oyeron — I shouted so loud that the people upstairs heard me
4) [en texto] abovela persona arriba mencionada — the abovementioned o aforementioned person
5)• arriba de — esp LAm (=encima de) on top of; (=por encima de) above, over; (=más alto que) higher than, further up than; (=más de) more than
2.EXCL (=a levantarse) up you get!¡arriba ese ánimo! — cheer o chin up!
¡manos arriba! — hands up!
¡arriba el telón! — raise the curtain!
¡arriba el Depor! — (Dep) up (with) Depor!
¡arriba el socialismo! — long live socialism!
* * *1)a) (lugar, parte)en el estante de arriba — ( el siguiente) on the shelf above; ( el último) on the top shelf
de arriba — (RPl fam) free
de arriba abajo: me miró de arriba abajo he looked me up and down; limpiar la casa de arriba abajo to clean the house from top to bottom; me empapé de arriba abajo I got soaked from head to toe; para tirar para arriba (AmL fam): tienen dinero para tirar para arriba they have money to burn (colloq); hay hoteles para tirar para arriba — there are hotels galore
b) ( en edificio) upstairsc) (en escala, jerarquía) abovelos de arriba opinan que... — the people at the top believe that...
2) (expresando dirección, movimiento)para arriba y para abajo — (fam) to and fro, back and forth
3)arriba de: tiene arriba de 60 años she's over 60; con arriba de 50 alumnos with more than 50 pupils; arriba del ropero (AmL) on top of the wardrobe; arriba de la cocina está el baño — (AmL) the bathroom is above the kitchen
4) ( en interjecciones)a) ( expresando aprobación)b) ( expresando estímulo) come on!; ( llamando a levantarse) get up!* * *= upstairs.Ex. He frequently asks them to shelve books upstairs on the balcony and then stands there looking up their dresses.----* andar de arriba para abajo = pace.* arriba citado = above-mentioned.* citado más arriba = above.* cuesta arriba = uphill.* de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.* de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.* de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.* de más arriba = topmost [top most].* desplazarse hacia arriba = move up.* dicho más arriba, lo = foregoing, the.* en el piso de arriba = upstairs.* en la parte de arriba = at the top.* estar arriba = sit on + top.* estar patas arriba = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.* hacia arriba = upwards, upward.* hacia arriba y hacia abajo = up and down.* menú desplegable hacia arriba = pop-up menu.* mirar a Alguien de arriba abajo = look + Nombre + up and down.* mirar de arriba abajo = eye.* mirar desde arriba = look down on/upon, look down over.* mirar hacia arriba = look up.* mover la cabeza de arriba abajo = bob.* patas arriba = in shambles, topsy-turvy, upside down, all over the place.* poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.* poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.* poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.* poner patas arriba = upend.* poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.* quedar patas arriba = flip-flop.* quedarse arriba = sit on + top.* río arriba = upriver.* sábana de arriba = flat sheet.* tecla de desplazamiento hacia arriba = ↑ (up) key, up arrow key.* * *1)a) (lugar, parte)en el estante de arriba — ( el siguiente) on the shelf above; ( el último) on the top shelf
de arriba — (RPl fam) free
de arriba abajo: me miró de arriba abajo he looked me up and down; limpiar la casa de arriba abajo to clean the house from top to bottom; me empapé de arriba abajo I got soaked from head to toe; para tirar para arriba (AmL fam): tienen dinero para tirar para arriba they have money to burn (colloq); hay hoteles para tirar para arriba — there are hotels galore
b) ( en edificio) upstairsc) (en escala, jerarquía) abovelos de arriba opinan que... — the people at the top believe that...
2) (expresando dirección, movimiento)para arriba y para abajo — (fam) to and fro, back and forth
3)arriba de: tiene arriba de 60 años she's over 60; con arriba de 50 alumnos with more than 50 pupils; arriba del ropero (AmL) on top of the wardrobe; arriba de la cocina está el baño — (AmL) the bathroom is above the kitchen
4) ( en interjecciones)a) ( expresando aprobación)b) ( expresando estímulo) come on!; ( llamando a levantarse) get up!* * *= upstairs.Ex: He frequently asks them to shelve books upstairs on the balcony and then stands there looking up their dresses.
* andar de arriba para abajo = pace.* arriba citado = above-mentioned.* citado más arriba = above.* cuesta arriba = uphill.* de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.* de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.* de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.* de más arriba = topmost [top most].* desplazarse hacia arriba = move up.* dicho más arriba, lo = foregoing, the.* en el piso de arriba = upstairs.* en la parte de arriba = at the top.* estar arriba = sit on + top.* estar patas arriba = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.* hacia arriba = upwards, upward.* hacia arriba y hacia abajo = up and down.* menú desplegable hacia arriba = pop-up menu.* mirar a Alguien de arriba abajo = look + Nombre + up and down.* mirar de arriba abajo = eye.* mirar desde arriba = look down on/upon, look down over.* mirar hacia arriba = look up.* mover la cabeza de arriba abajo = bob.* patas arriba = in shambles, topsy-turvy, upside down, all over the place.* poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.* poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.* poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.* poner patas arriba = upend.* poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.* quedar patas arriba = flip-flop.* quedarse arriba = sit on + top.* río arriba = upriver.* sábana de arriba = flat sheet.* tecla de desplazamiento hacia arriba = ↑ (up) key, up arrow key.* * *A1(lugar, parte): está ahí/aquí arriba it's up there/up hereen el estante de arriba (el siguiente) on the next shelf up, on the shelf above; (el último) on the top shelfla sábana de arriba the top sheetponlo un poco más arriba put it (up) a little higher, put it a little further o higher uptal como se dijo más arriba as stated abovela parte de arriba es de vidrio the top (part) is made of glassentramos de arriba we got in freevive de arriba, la mujer lo mantiene he doesn't work for a living, his wife keeps himde arriba abajo: me miró de arriba abajo he looked me up and downtengo que limpiar la casa de arriba abajo I have to clean the house from top to bottomme empapé de arriba abajo I got soaked from head to toepara tirar para arriba ( AmL fam): tienen dinero para tirar para arriba they have money to burn ( colloq), they have loads of money ( colloq)hay hoteles para tirar para arriba there are hotels galore, there are any number of hotels, there are loads of hotels ( colloq)2 (en un edificio) upstairslos vecinos de arriba the people upstairs o above usen la calle hace frío, así que te espero arriba it's cold outside, I'll wait for you in the apartment ( o office etc)3 (en una escala, jerarquía) aboveórdenes de arriba orders from abovelos de arriba opinan que … the people at the top believe that …sólo había gente de 50 para arriba everyone there was 50 or overlas puntuaciones de 80 para arriba scores of 80 or over o of 80 or morelos Lakers 13 puntos arriba Lakers 13 points up o aheadB(expresando dirección, movimiento): corrió escaleras arriba he ran upstairscalle arriba up the streetrío arriba upstream, uprivermiró hacia arriba he looked uppara arriba y para abajo ( fam); to and fro, back and forthme tuvo todo el día para arriba y para abajo he had me running back and forth o to and fro all dayCarriba de: tiene arriba de 60 años she's over 60con arriba de 50 alumnos with more than o with over 50 pupilsarriba del ropero ( AmL); on top of the wardrobearriba de la cocina está el baño ( AmL); the bathroom is above the kitchen1(expresando aprobación): ¡arriba la democracia! long live democracy!2 (expresando estímulo) come on!3 (llamando a levantarse) get up!* * *
Del verbo arribar: ( conjugate arribar)
arriba es:
3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo
Multiple Entries:
arriba
arribar
arriba adverbio
1a) (lugar, parte):◊ ahí/aquí arriba up there/here;
en el estante de arriba ( el siguiente) on the shelf above;
( el último) on the top shelf;
la parte de arriba the top (part);
arriba del ropero (AmL) on top of the wardrobe;
arriba de la cocina está el baño (AmL) the bathroom is above the kitchen;
de arriba abajo: me miró de arriba abajo he looked me up and down;
limpiar la casa de arriba abajo to clean the house from top to bottom
las puntuaciones de 80 para arriba scores of 80 or over
2 (expresando dirección, movimiento):
calle arriba up the street;
miró hacia arriba he looked up
3 ( en interjecciones)a) ( expresando aprobación):◊ ¡arriba la democracia! long live democracy!
( llamando a levantarse) get up!
arriba
I adverbio up
(encima) on the top: arriba del todo hay un reloj, there is a clock right at the top
está ahí arriba, it's up there
vive en el piso de arriba, he lives upstairs
registraron la casa de arriba abajo, they searched the house from top to bottom
familiar me miró de arriba abajo, he looked me up and down
de treinta para arriba, from thirty upwards
desde arriba, from above
hacia/para arriba, upwards
más arriba, higher up, further up
véase más arriba, see above
la parte de arriba, the top (part)
II exclamación get up!, up you get!
¡arriba la Constitución!, long live the Constitution!
¡arriba las manos!, hands up!
III prep Lam arriba de, on top of: encontrará el pueblo arriba de la montaña, you will find the town at the top of the mountain
arribar verbo intransitivo to reach port, arrive
' arriba' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
aire
- allá
- allí
- aquí
- boca
- cuesta
- gorgotear
- hacia
- mano
- pata
- río
- subir
- ahí
- bajar
- desnudar
- desnudo
- desvestir
- para
- parar
- revés
- voltear
- volver
- vuelta
- zarandear
English:
above
- aloft
- bikini
- boost
- disarray
- do
- eye
- face
- glance up
- higher-up
- inundate
- labour
- reach
- river
- round up
- scroll
- shake down
- spectacular
- take up
- there
- top
- topsy-turvy
- up
- uphill
- upstairs
- upstream
- upward
- upwards
- way
- disgrace
- from
- hand
- head
- high
- it
- look
- plus
- ransack
- roll
- upper
- upside down
* * *♦ adv1. [posición] [en general] above;[en edificio] upstairs;te esperaremos arriba, en la cumbre we'll wait for you up at the top;de arriba top;el estante de arriba the top shelf;[el último] the top Br flat o US apartment;vive arriba she lives upstairs;los vecinos de arriba the upstairs neighbours;está aquí/allí arriba it's up here/there;arriba del todo right at the top;más arriba further up;ponlo un poco más arriba put it a bit higher up;el Estudiantes va dos puntos arriba Estudiantes are two points up, Estudiantes are winning by two points;2. [dirección] up;ve arriba [en edificio] go upstairs;empujar hacia arriba to push upwards;calle/escaleras arriba up the street/stairs;cuesta arriba uphill;río arriba upstream;tres bloques más arriba three blocks further along o uppersonas de metro y medio para arriba people of one and a half metres or over, people taller than one and a half metres;de sargentos para arriba everyone above the rank of sergeant;4. [en un texto] above;más arriba above;el arriba mencionado the above-mentioned5. CompFamestar hasta arriba de trabajo to be up to one's neck in work;de arriba abajo [cosa] from top to bottom;[persona] from head to toe;inspeccionar algo de arriba abajo to inspect sth thoroughly;mirar a alguien de arriba abajo [con desdén] to look sb up and down;RP Famtener algo para tirar para arriba to have loads of sth♦ arriba de loc prepAm [sobre, en] on (top of); [en lugar más alto que] above; [más de] more than♦ de arriba loc advRP Fam free;a esa disco siempre entro de arriba I always get into that disco for free;suele fumar de arriba she's always scrounging cigarettes off people♦ interjup you get!;¡arriba, que se hace tarde! come on, get up, it's getting late!;¡arriba….! up (with)…!;¡arriba la república! long live the republic!;¡arriba los mineros! long live the miners!, Br up the miners!;¡arriba las manos! hands up!* * *I adv1 situación up;ponlo ahí arriba put it up there;más arriba higher (up), further up;arriba del todo right at the top;las plantas de arriba the top floors;los de arriba the ones on top;arriba mencionado above-mentioned;véase arriba see above;de odesde arriba from above;volver lo de arriba abajo turn everything upside down2 en edificio upstairs;vete arriba go upstairs3 dirección up;sigan hacia arriba keep going up;me miró de arriba abajo fig she looked me up and down:de diez para arriba ten or above;de cincuenta (años) para arriba over 50, 50 and overII prp:arriba de L.Am. on, on top ofIII interj:¡arriba! long live …!* * *arriba adv1) : up, upwards2) : above, overhead3) : upstairs4)arriba de : more than5)de arriba abajo : from top to bottom, from head to foot* * *arriba1 adv1. (en general) up2. (en un edificio) upstairsarriba2 interj come on! -
13 disfrutar
v.1 to enjoy.¡que lo disfrutes con salud! I hope you enjoy it!2 to enjoy oneself.disfruté mucho con el concierto I enjoyed the concert a lotdisfrutar de lo lindo to enjoy oneself very much, to have a great timedisfruto escuchándoles reír I enjoy hearing them laughespero que disfruten del espectáculo I hope you enjoy the show3 to have a good time, to enjoy, to rejoice.* * *1 (poseer) to own, enjoy, possess; (pensión, renta) to receive2 (aprovechar) to make the most of1 (poseer) to enjoy (de, -), have (de, -), possess (de, -)■ el caballero disfrutaba de excelente fama en la ciudad the gentleman had an excellent reputation in the city2 (gozar) to enjoy, enjoy oneself* * *verb* * *1. VT1) (=gozar de) to enjoy2) frm (=poseer) to enjoy2. VI1) (=gozar) to enjoy o.s.¡que disfrutes! — enjoy yourself!
2)disfrutar de algo — (=poseer) to enjoy sth
disfrutan de una pensión del Estado — they enjoy o receive a state pension
* * *1.verbo intransitivoa) ( divertirse) to enjoy oneself, have fundisfrutar + ger — to enjoy -ing
b)disfrutar de algo — de privilegio/derecho to enjoy, have
2.con este vale disfrutará de un descuento del 5% — with this voucher you will receive a 5% discount
disfrutar vt <viaje/espectáculo> to enjoy; <beneficio/derecho> to have, enjoy* * *= enjoy, take + pleasure, find + enjoyment, derive + enjoyment, get + a kick, get off on, get + Posesivo + kicks (out of/from).Ex. The contentment can only be alarming, however, in the context both of the needs of information education for the future and the much higher levels of resources enjoyed by the principal competitors of SLIS.Ex. Just as Ivan finds that by taking pleasure in an extra piece of food he makes survival possible and beats Stalin and his jailors at heir own game.Ex. Come to reading willingly, seeking many pleasures from books, and you soon find enjoyment.Ex. The skill of the author lies in being able to tell the story in such a way that the reader will suspend disbelief and derive enjoyment from what is basically a simple story skilfully told.Ex. I get a kick when I'm on my racing bike, and when I have my skates on it's out of this world.Ex. She sounds like she enjoys having people under her thumb and gets off on the whole control thing.Ex. It's hard to believe she stands by a man who gets his kicks out of beating her black and blue everynight.----* disfrutar al máximo = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.* disfrutar cada minuto de = enjoy + every minute of.* disfrutar como un enano = love + every minute of it, have + a ball, have + a whale of a time, enjoy + every minute of.* disfrutar de = wallow in, get + pleasure from, revel in, get + a buzz from.* disfrutar de buena salud = be in good health.* disfrutar de la gloria ajena = bask in + reflected glory.* disfrutar de la situación = ride + the wave.* disfrutar de la vida = sail through + life.* disfrutar del triunfo ajeno = bask in + reflected glory.* disfrutar de todas las ventajas = have + the best of both worlds.* disfrutar de una oportunidad = enjoy + opportunity.* disfrutar de un cigarro = enjoy + a smoke.* disfrutar + Gerundio = be a joy to + Verbo.* disfrutar tomando el sol = bask.* * *1.verbo intransitivoa) ( divertirse) to enjoy oneself, have fundisfrutar + ger — to enjoy -ing
b)disfrutar de algo — de privilegio/derecho to enjoy, have
2.con este vale disfrutará de un descuento del 5% — with this voucher you will receive a 5% discount
disfrutar vt <viaje/espectáculo> to enjoy; <beneficio/derecho> to have, enjoy* * *= enjoy, take + pleasure, find + enjoyment, derive + enjoyment, get + a kick, get off on, get + Posesivo + kicks (out of/from).Ex: The contentment can only be alarming, however, in the context both of the needs of information education for the future and the much higher levels of resources enjoyed by the principal competitors of SLIS.
Ex: Just as Ivan finds that by taking pleasure in an extra piece of food he makes survival possible and beats Stalin and his jailors at heir own game.Ex: Come to reading willingly, seeking many pleasures from books, and you soon find enjoyment.Ex: The skill of the author lies in being able to tell the story in such a way that the reader will suspend disbelief and derive enjoyment from what is basically a simple story skilfully told.Ex: I get a kick when I'm on my racing bike, and when I have my skates on it's out of this world.Ex: She sounds like she enjoys having people under her thumb and gets off on the whole control thing.Ex: It's hard to believe she stands by a man who gets his kicks out of beating her black and blue everynight.* disfrutar al máximo = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.* disfrutar cada minuto de = enjoy + every minute of.* disfrutar como un enano = love + every minute of it, have + a ball, have + a whale of a time, enjoy + every minute of.* disfrutar de = wallow in, get + pleasure from, revel in, get + a buzz from.* disfrutar de buena salud = be in good health.* disfrutar de la gloria ajena = bask in + reflected glory.* disfrutar de la situación = ride + the wave.* disfrutar de la vida = sail through + life.* disfrutar del triunfo ajeno = bask in + reflected glory.* disfrutar de todas las ventajas = have + the best of both worlds.* disfrutar de una oportunidad = enjoy + opportunity.* disfrutar de un cigarro = enjoy + a smoke.* disfrutar + Gerundio = be a joy to + Verbo.* disfrutar tomando el sol = bask.* * *disfrutar [A1 ]vi1 (divertirse) to enjoy oneself, have fun, have a good timedisfruta mientras eres joven have a good time o enjoy life o enjoy yourself while you're youngdisfrutar CON algo to enjoy sthdisfrutamos mucho con la película we really enjoyed the filmdisfrutar + GER to enjoy -INGdisfruto viéndolos comer I enjoy watching them eat, it's a pleasure to watch them eatdisfrutar DE algo to enjoy sthespero que hayan disfrutado de la travesía I hope you have enjoyed the crossing, I hope you have had a pleasant crossing2 disfrutar DE algo (tener) to have sthdisfrutaron de muy buen tiempo they had very good weatherdisfruta de buena salud he is in o he enjoys good health, he is very healthydisfrutaba de ciertos privilegios she enjoyed o had certain privilegesla mujer no siempre disfrutó del derecho al voto women did not always have o enjoy the right to votecon este vale disfrutará de un descuento del 5% with this voucher you will receive a 5% discount■ disfrutarvt1 ‹viaje/espectáculo› to enjoy2 ‹beneficio/derecho› to have, enjoy* * *
disfrutar ( conjugate disfrutar) verbo intransitivo
disfrutar con/de algo to enjoy sth;
verbo transitivo ‹viaje/espectáculo› to enjoy;
‹beneficio/derecho› to have, enjoy
disfrutar
I verbo intransitivo
1 (gozar, pasarlo bien) to enjoy oneself: disfruta con los libros antiguos, he enjoys old books
2 (estar en posesión de) to enjoy [de, -]: disfruta de buena salud, he enjoys good health
II verbo transitivo to enjoy ➣ Ver nota en enjoy
' disfrutar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
saborear
- tener
English:
delight
- enjoy
- like
- love
- outdoors
- pleasure
- vicarious
- bask
- glory
* * *♦ vi1. [sentir placer] to enjoy oneself;aquí hemos venido a disfrutar we've come here to enjoy ourselves;¡disfruta, ahora que puedes! enjoy yourselves while you can!;los niños disfrutan en el circo children enjoy themselves at the circus;disfrutar de lo lindo to enjoy oneself very much, to have a great time;disfrutar con algo to enjoy sth;disfruté mucho con el concierto I enjoyed the concert a lot;disfrutar de algo to enjoy sth;espero que disfruten del espectáculo I hope you enjoy the show;disfrutar haciendo algo to enjoy doing sth;disfruto escuchándoles reír I enjoy hearing them laughdisfruta de muy buena salud he enjoys excellent health;disfruta de una pensión vitalicia por invalidez she has a disability pension for life;afortunadamente, pudimos disfrutar de su colaboración we were fortunate enough to have her working with us;disfruta de muchos amigos he has lots of friends;allá disfrutan de un clima excelente they have o enjoy an excellent climate there♦ vtto enjoy;¡que lo disfrutes con salud! I hope you enjoy it!* * *I v/t enjoyII v/i1 have fun, enjoy o.s.2:disfrutar de buena salud be in o enjoy good health* * *disfrutar vt: to enjoydisfrutar vi: to enjoy oneself, to have a good time* * *disfrutar vb1. (en general) to enjoy yourself2. (de una cosa) to enjoy -
14 in
prep inmoto a luogo toin casa at homeè in Scozia he is in Scotlandva in Inghilterra he is going to Englandin italiano in Italianin campagna in the countryessere in viaggio be travellingviaggiare in macchina travel by carnel 1999 in 1999una giacca in pelle a leather jacketin vacanza on holidayse fossi in te if I were you, if I were in your place* * *in prep.1 (stato in luogo, posizione) in, at; (dentro) inside; (su, sopra) on: in Italia, negli Stati Uniti, in Italy, in the United States; abitano in città, in campagna, in centro, in periferia, they live in town, in the country, in the centre, on the outskirts; in ufficio, at the office; in casa, in chiesa, at home, at church; nell'aria, in the air; la casa editrice ha sede in Milano, the publishing house has its headquarters in Milan; la statua sorge nel centro della piazza, the statue stands in the centre of the square; mio padre lavora in banca, my father works in a bank; stanotte dormiremo in albergo, we'll sleep in a hotel tonight; è stato due anni in prigione, he spent two years in prison; prendevano il sole in giardino, they were sunbathing in the garden; nel cielo erano apparse le prime stelle, the first stars had appeared in the sky; i fazzoletti sono nel primo cassetto, the handkerchieves are in the top drawer; nella stanza c'era molto fumo, there was a lot of smoke in the room; c'era gran festa nelle strade e nelle piazze, there were great celebrations in the streets and squares; siamo rimasti chiusi in casa tutto il giorno, we stayed in the house (o indoors) all day; ti aspetto in macchina, I'll wait for you in the car; non c'è niente in tavola?, isn't there anything on the table?; leggo sempre in treno, I always read on the train; hanno una casa proprio in riva al mare, they have a house right on the sea front; la notizia è apparsa in prima pagina, the news was on the front page; gli diede un bacio in fronte, she kissed him on the forehead; teneva in braccio un bambino, she was holding a baby in her arms; che cos'hai in mano?, what have you got in your hands?; ho sempre in mente le sue parole, his words are still in my mind; in lui ho trovato un vero amico, I found a real friend in him; questa espressione ricorre spesso in Dante, this expression often appears in Dante; nel lavoro non trova alcuna soddisfazione, he gets no satisfaction from his job // in fondo a, at the bottom of // in primo piano, in the foreground (o up close) // in bella mostra, in a prominent position // nel bel mezzo, right in the middle: s'interruppe nel bel mezzo del discorso, he stopped right in the middle of his speech // (non) avere fiducia in se stesso, (not) to be self-confident // credere in Dio, to believe in God2 (moto a luogo, direzione) to; (verso l'interno) into: è andato in Francia per lavoro, he went to France on business; domani andremo in campagna, we'll go to the country tomorrow; vorrei tornare in America, I'd like to go back to America; devo scendere in cantina, I must go down to the cellar; quando rientrerete in città?, when are you returning to town?; la nave era appena entrata in porto, the ship had just come into dock; la gente si riversò nelle strade, people poured into the streets; abbiamo mandato i bambini in montagna, we've sent the children to the mountains; questa merce va spedita in Germania, these goods are to be sent to Germany; non sporgerti troppo dalla barca, puoi cadere in acqua, don't lean too far out of the boat, you might fall in the water; puoi venire nel mio ufficio un attimo?, can you come into my office for a moment?; mise la mano in tasca e tirò fuori il portafoglio, he put his hand in his pocket and took out his wallet; rimetti quelle pratiche nel cassetto, put those papers back in the drawer; vai subito nella tua stanza!, go to your room at once!; hanno arrestato il ladro e l'hanno messo in prigione, the thief was arrested and put in prison; in quale direzione andate?, which way are you going?; sulle scale m'imbattei in uno sconosciuto, I bumped into a stranger on the stairs; ho inciampato in un gradino e sono caduto, I tripped over a step and fell down; si è messo in mente di fare l'attore, he's got it into his head that he wants to become an actor3 (moto per luogo) through, across: ha viaggiato molto in Europa, he has done a lot of travelling across Europe; il corteo sfilò nelle strade principali, the procession wound its way through the main streets; correre nei campi, to run across the fields; tanti pensieri le passavano nella mente, many thoughts went through her mind4 (cambiamento, passaggio, trasformazione) into: tradurre dall'inglese in italiano, to translate from English into Italian; convertire gli euro in dollari, to change euros into dollars; la proprietà è stata divisa in due, the property has been divided in half (o into two); il vaso cadde e andò in frantumi, the vase fell and broke into pieces // si è fatto in quattro per aiutarci, he bent over backwards to help us // il maltempo ha mandato in fumo tutti i nostri progetti, the bad weather put paid to all our plans // di bene in meglio, better and better; di male in peggio, from bad to worse // di tre in tre, in threes // Anita Rossi in De Marchi, (di donna coniugata) Anita De Marchi, née Rossi // andare in rovina, to go to (rack and) ruin (anche fig.) // andare in estasi, to be overjoyed // montare in collera, to fly into a rage5 (tempo) in; on; at: in marzo, in primavera, in March, in spring; in pieno inverno, in the middle of winter; in una mattina d'estate, one (o on a) summer morning; in quel giorno, on that day; in questo (preciso) momento, at this (very) moment; in tutta la mia vita, in all my life; nel pomeriggio, in the afternoon; si è laureato nel 1980, he graduated in 1980; tornerò a casa nel mese di settembre, I'll return home in September; nell'era atomica, in the atomic age; in gioventù, in (one's) youth; in tempo di guerra, di pace, in wartime, in peacetime; in epoca vittoriana, in the Victorian age; esamineranno otto candidati in un giorno, they will examine eight candidates in one day; ha fatto tutto il lavoro in due ore, he got through all the work in two hours; viene in Italia tre volte in un anno, he comes to Italy three times a year // arriverò in giornata, I'll arrive some time in the day // in serata, during the evening // nello stesso tempo, at the same time // nel frattempo, in the meantime // in un attimo, in un batter d'occhio, in a flash, in the twinkling of an eye // in men che non si dica, quick as a flash // in quattro e quattr'otto, in less than no time // di ora in ora, di giorno in giorno, from time to time, from day to day6 (modo, maniera) in; on: il pubblico ascoltava in silenzio, the audience listened in silence; mi guardava in un modo strano, he looked at me in a strange way (o strangely); parla in perfetto italiano, he speaks perfect Italian; scrivere in penna, in matita, in corsivo, in versi, to write in pen, in pencil, in italics, in verse; le istruzioni erano scritte in tedesco, the instructions were written in German; camminava in fretta, he was walking in a hurry; rispose in tono sgarbato, he answered rudely; entrammo in punta di piedi, we entered on tiptoe; procedevano in fila indiana, they walked single file; preferì rimanere in disparte, he preferred to stay on his own; stare in piedi, to stand on one's feet; tutti erano in abito da sera, they were all in evening dress; uscì in pantofole sul pianerottolo, he went on to the landing in his slippers // (resto) in attesa di una vostra cortese risposta, (nelle lettere) awaiting your reply // (comm.) assegno in bianco, blank cheque; pagare in contanti, in assegni, to pay cash, by cheque; 10.000 euro in biglietti da 10, 10,000 euros in 10 euro notes // una riproduzione in miniatura, a reproduction in miniature (o a miniature reproduction); trasmettere in diretta, to broadcast live // una partita in casa, in trasferta, a home, an away match // pomodori in insalata, tomato salad; pollo in gelatina, chicken in aspic7 (stato, condizione, circostanza) in, at: essere in pace, in guerra con qlcu., to be at peace, at war with s.o.; mi piace stare in compagnia, I like company; vivere nell'angoscia, to live in anxiety; in salute e in malattia, in sickness and in health; morì in miseria, he died in poverty; la sua vita era in pericolo, her life was in danger; ero in una situazione imbarazzante, I was in an embarrassing position; siamo nei pasticci!, we're in a mess!; ben presto si trovò nei guai fino al collo, he soon found himself up to his neck in trouble; non sono in condizioni di pagare una cifra simile, I'm not in a position to pay such a sum (of money) // essere in odio, in simpatia a qlcu., to be liked, to be hated by s.o.8 (limitazione, misura) in, at: (la) laurea in lingue, a degree in languages; dottore in legge, doctor of law; è bravo in matematica, ma è debole in francese, he's good at maths, but poor at French; un terzo della classe è stato rimandato in chimica, a third of the class is having to repeat chemistry; ha conseguito il diploma in ragioneria, he got a diploma in bookkeeping; ha intenzione di specializzarsi in pediatria, he is going to specialize in pediatrics; la nostra ditta commercia in pellami, our firm deals in leather goods; mio fratello è campione di salto in alto, my brother is high jump champion; la stanza era 5 metri in lunghezza, the room was 5 metres long9 (materia): una statua in bronzo, a bronze statue; una borsa in pelle, a leather handbag; rivestimento in legno, wood panelling; abito in puro cotone, an all cotton dress; poltrone in velluto, velvet armchairs; incisione in rame, copperplate engraving; un vassoio in argento, a silver tray ∙ Come si nota dagli esempi, in questo significato si usa spesso in inglese la forma aggettivale in luogo del compl. introdotto dalla prep. in10 (mezzo) by; in; on: viaggiare in treno, in aereo, in macchina, to travel by train, by air, by car; sei venuto a piedi o in autobus?, have you come on foot or by bus?; abbiamo fatto una gita in barca, we went out on the boat; pagare in euro, in dollari, in assegni, to pay in euros, in dollars, by cheque11 (fine, scopo): ho avuto in dono una macchina fotografica, I've been presented with a camera; il vincitore riceverà in premio un milione di dollari, the winner will receive a prize of a million dollars; mi ha dato in prestito la sua macchina per qualche giorno, he has lent me his car for a few days; mi hanno mandato in visione il primo volume dell'opera, they sent me the first volume of the work to look at; la festa era in onore del sindaco, the party was in honour of the mayor; parlare in difesa di qlcu., to speak in s.o.'s defence12 (seguito da inf.): nell'entrare mi accorsi subito che qualcosa non andava, on entering I realized at once there was something wrong; l'ho incontrato nel tornare, I met him on the way back; nel salire in macchina mi sono cadute le chiavi, I dropped my keys while getting into the car; il bicchiere si è rotto nel lavarlo, the glass broke while it was being washed; nel dire ciò fu preso da commozione, in saying this he was overcome by emotion13 (predicativo; in ingl. non si traduce): siamo rimasti in due, only two of us were left; fra tutti eravamo in quaranta, there were forty of us in all; erano in molti, in pochi, there were many of them, few of them; se fossi in te, if I were you; dipingere qlco. in rosso, to paint sthg. red.◆ FRASEOLOGIA: in alto, up there; up (above); in basso, down there; down (below); in giù, downward (s); in su, upward (s) // in cerca di, in search of // in dettaglio, in detail; in forse, in doubt // in particolare, in particular // in quanto, in so far as: in quanto a ciò, as for that // in tutti i modi, in any case; in virtù di, as... // in rapporto a, as regards // in qualità di, in (one's) capacity as // nel caso che, (se, qualora) if; (nell'eventualità che) in case: portati l'ombrello, nel caso che piova, take your umbrella with you in case it rains; nel caso che torni prima di me, fatti dare le chiavi dal portinaio, if you should get back before I do, get the keys from the custodian // in fede, yours faithfully // in coscienza, truthfully // in lungo e in largo, far and wide.* * *[in]1. prep in + il = nel, in + lo = nello, in + l'= nell', in + la = nella, in + i = nei, in + gli = negli, in + le = nelle1) (stato in luogo) in, (all'interno) insidesono rimasto in casa — I stayed at home, I stayed indoors
se fossi in te — if I were you
un giornale diffuso in tutta Italia — a newspaper read all over o throughout Italy
2) (moto a luogo) to, (dentro) intoin campagna/in montagna — to go into the country/to the mountainsin Francia — I'm going to Francein casa — to go into the housein macchina — to get into the carqc in acqua — to throw sth into the waterin una radice — he tripped over a rootdi città in città — to move from town to town3)il corteo è passato in piazza — the procession passed through the squaresta facendo un viaggio in Egitto — he's travelling in o around Egypt
4) (tempo) in5) (mezzo) bymi piace viaggiare in aereo — I like travelling by plane, I like flying
ci andremo in macchina — we'll go there by car, we'll drive there
6) (modo, maniera) in7) (materia) made of8)9) (misura) in10)ha sbagliato nel rispondere male — he was wrong to be rudesi è fatto male nel salire sull'autobus — he hurt himself as he was getting onto the bus
2. avvin — (di moda, attuale) to be in3. agg inv* * *[in]1) (stato in luogo) in; (all'interno) in, inside; (sopra) onabito in via Roma — I live in BE o on AE via Roma
vivere in Italia, in città, in campagna — to live in Italy, in town, in the country
2) (moto a luogo) toandare in Francia, in città, in campagna — to go to France, to town, to the country
passeggiare in centro — to walk in the city centre BE o around downtown AE
viaggiare in Cina, negli Stati Uniti — to travel around o through Cina, the United States
in settimana mangio alla mensa — during the week I eat at the canteen; (entro)
5) (mezzo) by6) (modo, maniera)un'opera in versi, inglese, tre volumi — a work in verse, in English, in three volumes
7) (fine)Enza Bianchi in Rossi — Enza Rossi, née Bianchi
10) (materia)11) (limitazione)12) (misura)il muro misura tre metri in altezza e sei in lunghezza — the wall is three metres high and six metres long
13) (quantità)nel tornare a casa,... — on my way home,...
nel dire così,... — saying this
* * *in/in/1 (stato in luogo) in; (all'interno) in, inside; (sopra) on; abito in via Roma I live in BE o on AE via Roma; vivere in Italia, in città, in campagna to live in Italy, in town, in the country; stare in casa to stay at home; essere in un taxi to be in a taxi; in televisione on TV; in questa storia in this story; nel suo discorso in his speech; che cosa ti piace in un uomo? what do you like in a man? un tema ricorrente in Montale a recurrent theme in Montale's work2 (moto a luogo) to; andare in Francia, in città, in campagna to go to France, to town, to the country; andare in vacanza to go on holiday; vado in macelleria I'm going to the butcher's; entrare in una stanza to go into a room; il treno sta per entrare in stazione the train is arriving at the station; salire in macchina to get into the car3 (moto per luogo) passeggiare in centro to walk in the city centre BE o around downtown AE; viaggiare in Cina, negli Stati Uniti to travel around o through Cina, the United States; correre nei prati to run across the fields; infilare il dito nella fessura to stick one's finger through the slit4 (tempo) (durante) in inverno in winter; nel 1991 in 1991; nel Medio Evo in the Middle Ages; negli ultimi giorni over the last few days; in settimana mangio alla mensa during the week I eat at the canteen; (entro) l'ho fatto in due giorni I did it in two days; lo farò in settimana I'll do it within the week5 (mezzo) by; sono venuto in taxi I came here by taxi; abbiamo fatto un giro in barca we went out on the boat6 (modo, maniera) un'opera in versi, inglese, tre volumi a work in verse, in English, in three volumes; parlare in spagnolo to speak Spanish; in piena forma in great shape; in contanti (in) cash7 (fine) ho avuto questo libro in regalo this book was given to me as a present; in vendita for sale8 (trasformazione) tradurre in italiano to translate into Italian; cambiare delle sterline in dollari to change pounds in dollars9 (per indicare relazione di matrimonio) Enza Bianchi in Rossi Enza Rossi, née Bianchi11 (limitazione) laurea in filosofia degree in philosophy; laureato in lettere arts graduate; essere bravo in storia to be good at history; malattia frequente nei bovini common disease in cattle; in politica in politics12 (misura) il muro misura tre metri in altezza e sei in lunghezza the wall is three metres high and six metres long13 (quantità) erano in venti there were twenty of them; siamo in pochi there are few of us; abbiamo fatto il lavoro in due two of us did the job14 (davanti a un infinito) nel tornare a casa,... on my way home,...; nel dire così,... saying this,...\See also notes... (in.pdf) -
15 sum
1.sum, fui, esse (2d pers. es, but usu. es in Plaut and Ter; old forms, indic. pres. esum for sum, acc. to Varr. L. L. 9, § 100 Mull.: essis for es, Att. ap. Non. 200, 30, or Trag. Rel. p. 283 Rib.: simus for sumus, used by Augustus, acc. to Suet. Aug. 87; fut. escit for erit, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 25:I.esit, XII. Tab. ap. Fest. s. v. nec, p. 162 Mull.: escunt for erunt,
Cic. Leg. 2, 24, 60, 3, 3, 9; Lucr. 1, 619; perf. fuvimus for fuimus, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 168:FVVEIT, C. I. L. 1, 1051: fuit,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 23; id. Mil. 3, 1, 159:fuerim,
id. ib. 4, 8, 54:fuerit,
id. As. 4, 1, 37; subj. pres. siem, sies, siet, etc., very freq., esp. in Plaut.; e. g. siem, Am. prol. 57; Ter. And. 3, 4, 7:sies,
Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 43; Ter. And. 2, 5, 13:siet,
Plaut. Am. prol. 58; Ter. And. 1, 4, 7; Lucr. 3, 101:sient,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 54; Ter. And. 2, 3, 16; cf. Cic. Or. 47, 157; also,fuam, fuas, etc., regarded by G. Curtius, de Aorist. Lat. Rel. in Studien zur Gr. u. Lat. Gram. 1, 431 sqq., as an aorist: fuam,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 48; id. Mil. 2, 6, 112: fuas, Liv. Andron. ap. Non 111, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 71; 2, 3, 83; id. Pers. 1, 1, 52; id. Trin. 2, 1, 32: fuat, Pac. ap. Non. 111, 8; Carm. ap. Liv. 25, 12; Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 2; id. Aul. 2, 2, 56; id. Capt. 2, 2, 10 et saep.; Ter. Hec. 4, 3, 4; Lucr. 4, 639; Verg. A. 10, 108:fuant,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 110; id. Ep. 5, 1, 13; id. Ps. 4, 3, 12: fuvisset, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4, 4; part. pres. ens, used by Caesar, acc. to Prisc. p. 1140 P.; and by Sergius Flavius, acc. to Quint. 8, 3, 33; fut. inf. fore for futurum esse, very freq., and so always with partt.; cf. Madv. Gram. § 108; whence, subj. imperf. forem fores, etc., for essem; esp. in conditional sentences and in the histt., but very rare in Cic.; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 597 sqq.), v. n. [root es; Sanscr. as-mi, and the Greek es-mi, whence eimi; perf. fui; root in Sanscr. bhu, to become; bhavas, condition; Gr. phuô, to beget; cf.: fetus, futuo, etc.], to be, as a verb substantive or a copula.As a verb substantive, to be.A.In gen.1.Asserting existence, to be, exist, live:2.definitionum duo sunt genera prima: unum earum rerum quae sunt: alterum earum quae intelleguntur. Esse ea dico, quae cerni tangive possunt, ut fundum, aedes, parietem, cetera. Non esse rursus ea dico, quae tangi demonstrarive non possunt, cerni tamen animo atque intellegi possunt, ut si usucapionem, si tutelam, etc.... definias,
Cic. Top. 5, 26 sq.:si abest, nullus est,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 16:nunc illut est, quom me fuisse quam esse nimio mavelim,
id. Capt. 3, 3, 1:ita paene nulla sibi fuit Phronesium ( = paene mortuus est),
id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:omne quod eloquimur sic, ut id aut esse dicamus aut non esse,
Cic. de Or. 2, 38, 157:non statim, quod esse manifestum est, etiam quid sit apparet,
Quint. 3, 6, 81: est locus, Hesperiam quam mortales perhibebant, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 23 Vahl.):flumen est Arar, quod, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 12:homo nequissimus omnium qui sunt, qui fuerunt, qui futuri sunt!
Cic. Fam. 11, 21, 1; cf. id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 15, § 43:si quos inter societas aut est aut fuit aut futura est,
id. Lael. 22, 83:nec enim, dum ero, angar ulla re, cum omni vacem culpa: et, si non ero, sensu omnino carebo,
id. Fam. 6, 3, 4:si modo futuri sumus, erit mihi res opportuna,
id. Att. 11, 4, 1:si quando erit civitas, erit profecto nobis locus: sin autem non erit, etc.,
id. Fam. 2, 16, 6:nolite arbitrari, me cum a vobis discessero, nusquam aut nullum fore,
id. Sen. 22, 79:si erit ulla res publica... sin autem nulla erit,
id. Fam. 2, 16, 5:fuimus Troes, fuit Ilium,
Verg. A. 2, 325:sive erimus seu nos fata fuisse volunt,
Tib. 3, 5, 32: per quinquennia decem fuimus, Prud. Cath. praef. 2.—Of events, to be, happen, occur, befall, take place:3.illa (solis defectio) quae fuit regnante Romulo,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:neque enim est periculum, ne, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 23, 37:amabo, quid tibi est?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 24:quid se futurum esset,
Liv. 33, 27. —Of location, to be present, to be at a place.(α).With adv., or other expressions of place:(β).cum non liceret quemquam Romae esse, qui, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 41, § 100:cum Athenis decem ipsos dies fuissem,
id. Fam. 2, 8, 3; id. de Or. 2, 7, 27:cum Africanus constituisset in hortis esse,
id. Rep. 1, 9, 14:cum essemus in castris,
id. ib. 1, 15:nonne mavis sine periculo tuae domi esse quam cum periculo alienae?
id. Fam. 4, 7, 4:vos istic commodissime sperem esse,
id. ib. 14, 7, 2: te hic tutissime puto fore, Pompon. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 11, A.—Of passages in a book or writing, with in and abl., to be, stand, be written, etc.:(γ).deinceps in lege est, ut, etc.,
Cic. Leg. 2, 16, 40:quid enim in illis (litteris) fuit praeter querelam temporum,
id. Fam. 2, 16, 1.—Of personal relations, with ad or apud and acc., or cum and abl. of person:4.cum esset (Sulpicius Gallus) casu apud M. Marcellum,
Cic. Rep. 1, 14, 21:eram cum Stoico Diodoto: qui cum habitavisset apud me mecumque vixisset, etc.,
id. Brut. 90, 309:erat nemo, quicum essem libentius quam tecum et pauci, quibuscum essem aeque libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1:qui me admodum diligunt multumque mecum sunt,
id. ib. 4, 13, 6; cf. with simul:Smyrnae cum simul essemus complures dies,
id. Rep. 1, 8, 13.—Hence, esp.: esse cum aliquo (aliqua), to be with, i. e. live with, associate with, as husband or wife:cujus soror est cum P. Quintio,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77:ea nocte mecum illa hospitis jussu fuit,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 101; Ov. A. A. 3, 664:cum hac (meretrice) si qui adulescens forte fuerit,
Cic. Cael. 20, 49; Ov. Am. 2, 8, 27: tum ad me fuerunt, qui, etc., Varr. ap. Non. 133, 28:Curio fuit ad me sane diu,
Cic. Att. 10, 4, 8:cum ad me bene mane Dionysius fuit,
id. ib. 10, 16, 1; cf.:esse sub uno tecto atque ad eosdem Penates,
Liv. 28, 18.—Of relations analogous to place, of dress, condition, position, office, etc., to be, live, be found, etc., with in and abl.:5.cum est in sagis civitas,
Cic. Phil. 8, 11, 32:in laxa toga,
Tib. 2, 3, 78: sive erit in Tyriis, Tyrios laudabis amictus;Sive erit in Cois, Coa decere puta,
Ov. A. A. 2, 297: hominem non modo in aere alieno nullo, sed in suis nummis multis esse et semper fuisse, Cic. Verr [p. 1798] 2, 4, 6, §11: in servitute,
id. Clu. 7, 21:in illa opinione populari,
id. ib. 51, 142:in magno nomine et gloria,
id. Div. 1, 17, 31:in spe,
id. Fam. 14, 3, 2:in tanta moestitia,
id. Phil. 2, 15, 37:in odio,
id. Att. 2, 22, 1:in probris, in laudibus,
id. Off. 1, 18, 61:in officio,
id. ib. 1, 15, 49:in injustitia,
id. ib. 1, 14, 42:in vitio,
id. ib. 1, 19, 62; id. Tusc. 3, 9, 19:ne in mora quom opus sit, sies,
Ter. And. 2, 5, 13:ne in mora illi sis,
id. ib. 3, 1, 9:hic in noxia'st,
id. Phorm. 2, 1, 36:quae (civitas) una in amore atque in deliciis fuit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 3:in ingenti periculo,
Liv. 5, 47:in pace,
id. 31, 29.—So with abl. without in, when qualified by an adj.:(statua) est et fuit tota Graecia summo propter ingenium honore et nomine,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 35, § 87:si quis asperitate ea est et inmanitate naturae,
id. Lael. 23, 87:ne quo periculo proprio existimares esse,
id. Fam. 4, 15, 2 (B. and K. ex conj.:in periculo): ego sum spe bona,
id. ib. 12, 28, 3:res nunc difficili loco mihi videtur esse,
id. ib. 12, 28, 3:incredibili sum sollicitudine de tua valetudine,
id. ib. 16, 15, 1; esp. in phrase periculo alicujus esse, to be at the risk of any one:rem illam suo periculo esse,
id. Att. 6, 1, 6:ut quae in naves inposuissent, ab hostium tempestatisque vi publico periculo essent,
Liv. 23, 49, 2 Weissenb. ad loc.:dare nummos meo periculo,
Dig. 46, 1, 24:communi periculo,
ib. 13, 6, 21, § 1 (cf. II. B. 1. b. infra).—To depend upon, rest with, with in and abl.:B.res erat non in opinione dubia,
Cic. Dom. 5, 11:sed totum est in eo, si, etc.,
id. Att. 2, 22, 5:omnem reliquam spem in impetu esse equitum,
Liv. 10, 14, 12:quoniam totum in eo sit, ne contrectentur pocula,
Col. 12, 4, 3. —In partic.1.Esse (est, sunt, etc.) often stands without a subject expressed, or with an indef. subj., as antecedent of a rel.-clause, whose verb may be in the indic. or subj.; the former only when the subject is conceived as particular or limited, and actually existing; the latter always when it is conceived as indefinite; cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 562 sq.; Roby, Gram. § 1686 sq.; Madv. Gram. § 365; but the distinctions usually drawn by grammarians are not always observed by the best writers; and the subjunctive is always admissible, being the prevailing construction after sunt qui in class. prose, and nearly universal in postAug. writers: sunt, qui (quae), there are those ( people or things) who ( that), or simply some.a.With indic.(α).Without subject expressed:(β).mulier mane: sunt Qui volunt te conventam,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 37:sunt hic quos credo inter se dicere,
id. Cas. prol. 67:sunt quae te volumus percontari,
id. Ps. 1, 5, 47:quid est, quod tu gestas tabellas?
id. ib. 1, 1, 10:quid est, quod tu me nunc optuere?
id. Most. 1, 1, 69; cf.:quid hoc est, quod foris concrepuit?
id. ib. 5, 1, 15:tun' is es, Qui in me aerumnam obsevisti?
id. Ep. 4, 1, 34:quid est, quod tuo animo aegre est?
id. Cas. 2, 2, 9; id. Cist. 4, 1, 3:at ego est quod volo loqui,
id. As. 1, 3, 79:est quod te volo secreto,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 30:sunt quos scio amicos esse, sunt quos suspicor,
id. Trin. 1, 2, 54:ita subitum'st, quod eum conventum volo,
id. ib. 5, 2, 51:sunt quae ego ex te scitari volo,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 13:sed est quod suscenset tibi,
Ter. And. 2, 6, 17:est quod me transire oportet,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 31:quid sit quapropter te jussi, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1, 7:sunt item quae appellantur alces,
Caes. B. G. 6, 27 init.:(nationes) ex quibus sunt qui ovis vivere existimantur,
id. ib. 4, 10 fin.:sunt qui putant posse te non decedere,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 25:sunt autem, qui putant non numquam complexione oportere supersederi,
id. Inv. 1, 40, 72:quamquam sunt, qui propter utilitatem modo petendas putant amicitias,
id. ib. 2, 55, 167:sunt autem quae praeterii,
id. Att. 10, 4, 11:sunt, qui abducunt a malis ad bona, ut Epicurus. Sunt, qui satis putant ostendere, nihil inopinati accidisse... Sunt etiam qui haec omnia genera consolandi colligunt,
id. Tusc. 3, 31, 76 Kuhn. N. cr.:sunt, qui, quod sentiunt, non audent dicere,
id. Off. 1, 24, 84:Argiletum sunt qui scripserunt ab Argola, etc.,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 157 Mull.:sunt qui ita dicunt,
Sall. C. 19, 4:sunt qui spiritum non recipiunt sed resorbent,
Quint. 11, 3, 55:sunt, quos curriculo pulverem Olympicum Collegisse juvat,
Hor. C. 1, 1, 3; cf. id. S. 1, 4, 24: sunt quibus unum opus est, etc., id. C. 1, 7, 5:sunt quibus in satira videor nimis acer,
id. S. 2, 1, 1:sunt quorum ingenium nova tantum crustula promit,
id. ib. 2, 4, 47.—With a subject expressed by an indefinite word or clause:b.sunt alii qui te volturium vocant,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 64:est genus hominum qui se primos omnium esse volunt,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:multae sunt causae, quam ob rem cupio abducere,
id. ib. 1, 2, 65 Fleck. (Ussing, cupiam):erat quidam eunuchus, quem mercatus fuerat,
id. ib. 3, 5, 21:multaeque res sunt in quibus de suis commodis viri boni multa detrahunt,
Cic. Lael. 16, 57:sunt ejus aliquot orationes, ex quibus lenitas ejus perspici potest,
id. Brut. 48, 177:fuerunt alia genera philosophorum, qui se omnes Socraticos esse dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62:nonnulli sunt, qui aluerunt, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 12, 301:sunt quidam, qui molestas amicitias faciunt, cum ipsi se contemni putant,
id. Lael. 20, 72:sunt vestrum, judices, aliquam multi, qui L. Pisonem cognoverunt,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 56:multae et pecudes et stirpes sunt, quae sine procuratione hominum salvae esse non possunt,
id. N. D. 2, 52, 130:sunt bestiae quaedam, in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:permulta sunt, quae dici possunt, quare intellegatur, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33, 94; cf. id. Div. in Caecil. 7, 22; id. Off. 1, 14, 43; 1, 20, 69; id. Div. 1, 54, 123:fuere complures, qui ad Catilinam initio profecti sunt,
Sall. C. 39, 5: haec sunt, quae clamores et admirationes in bonis oratoribus efficiunt. Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 152:alia fuere, quae illos magnos fecere,
Sall. C. 52, 21.—With. subj.: sunt, qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem;(β).sunt qui nullum censeant fieri discessum,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:sunt qui in rebus contrariis parum sibi constent,
id. Off. 1, 21, 71:de impudentia singulari sunt qui mirentur,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 2, § 6:est eisdem de rebus quod dici potest subtilius,
id. Tusc. 3, 15, 32:praesto est qui neget rem ullam percipi esse sensibus,
id. Ac. 2, 32, 101:quicquid est quod deceat, id, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 27, 94:sunt qui nolint tetigisse nisi illas, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 2, 28:sunt qui Crustis et pomis viduas venentur avaras,
id. Ep. 1, 1, 78:vestes Gaetulo murice tinctas Sunt qui non habeant, est qui non curet habere,
id. ib. 2, 2, 182 et saep.—With a more or less indefinite expression of the subject:* c.sunt quidam e nostris, qui haec subtilius velint tradere et negent satis esse, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 31:rarum est quoddam genus eorum, qui se a corpore avocent,
id. Div. 1, 49, 111:quotus igitur est quisque qui somniis pareat?
id. ib. 2, 60, 125; id. de Or. 2, 50, 196:solus est hic, qui numquam rationes ad aerarium referat,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 38, § 98:quae quibusdam admirabilia videntur, permulti sunt, qui pro nihilo putent,
id. Lael. 23, 86:erat nemo in quem ea suspicio conveniret,
id. Rosc. Am. 23, 65, cf.:quis enim miles fuit, qui Brundisii illam non viderit? quis, qui nescierit, etc.,
id. Phil. 2, 25, 61:sit aliquis, qui nihil mali habeat,
id. Tusc. 1, 35, 85:sunt nonnullae disciplinae, quae officium omne pervertant,
id. Off. 1, 2, 5:est quaedam animi sanitas quae in insipientem quoque cadat,
id. Tusc. 4, 13, 30:Syracusis lex est de religione, quae jubeat,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 51, § 126:unus est qui curet constantia magis quam consilio,
id. Att. 1, 18, 7:si est una ex omnibus quae sese moveat,
id. Rep. 6, 26, 28:multi sunt, qui non acerbum judicent vivere, sed supervacuum,
Sen. Ep. 24, 26:erant sententiae quae castra Vari oppugnanda censerent,
Caes. B. C. 2, 30:fuere cives qui seque remque publicam obstinatis animis perditum irent,
Sall. C. 36, 4:sunt verba et voces, quibus hunc lenire dolorem Possis,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 34:sunt delicta tamen, quibus ignovisse velimus,
id. A. P. 347.—Poet.: est, quibus (acc. to the Gr. estin hois):2.est quibus Eleae concurrit palma quadrigae: est quibus in celeres gloria nata pedes,
Prop. 3, 9 (4, 8), 17.—With dat., to belong or pertain to; or, rendering the dative as the subject of the verb, to have ( possess, = the Fr. etre a used of property, and of permanent conditions or characteristics, not of temporary states, feelings, etc.; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 417 sq.): aliquid reperiret, fingeret fallacias, Unde esset adulescenti, amicae quod daret, Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 23:b.nomen Mercurio'st mihi, Plaut Am. prol. 19: nisi jam tum esset honos elo quentiae,
Cic. Brut. 10, 40:est igitur homini cum deo similitudo,
id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:familiaritas, quae mihi cum eo est,
id. Att. 8. 3, 2:privatus illis census erat brevis,
Hor. C. 2, 15, 13; cf.:Trojae et huic loco nomen est,
Liv. 1, 1, 5:Hecyra est huic nomen fabulae,
Ter. Hec. prol. 1:cui saltationi Titius nomen esset,
Cic. Brut. 62, 225:cui (fonti) nomen Arethusa est,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 118:Scipio, cui post Africano fuit cognomen,
Liv. 25, 2, 6.—With ellips. of dat. ( poet.):nec rubor est emisse palam (sc. ei),
nor is she ashamed, Ov. A. A. 3, 167:neque testimonii dictio est (sc. servo),
has no right to be a witness, Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 63.—Esse alicui cum aliquo, to have to do with, to be connected with a person:3.tecum nihil rei nobis, Demipho, est,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 74:sibi cum illa mima posthac nihil futurum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 31, 77:jussit bona proscribi ejus, quicum familiaritas fuerat, societas erat,
id. Quint. 6, 25:si mihi tecum minus esset, quam est cum tuis omnibus,
id. Fam. 15, 10, 2.—Esse with certain prepp. and their cases (cf. also I. A. 2. 3. 4. supra).(α).Esse ab aliquo, to be of a person, to be the servant, disciple, adherent, partisan, etc., of:(β).es ne tu an non es ab illo milite e Macedonia?
do you belong to? Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 21:ab Andria est ancilla haec,
Ter. And. 3, 1, 3; 4, 4, 17:erat enim ab isto Aristotele,
Cic. de Or. 2, 38, 160:sed vide ne hoc, Scaevola, totum sit a me,
makes for me, id. de Or 1, 13, 55 (cf. ab, I. B. 3., II. B. 2. o.). —Esse pro aliquo, to be in favor of, make for:(γ).(judicia) partim nihil contra Habitum valere, partim etiam pro hoc esse,
Cic. Clu. 32, 88.—Esse ex aliqua re, to consist of, be made up of:4.(creticus) qui est ex longa et brevi et longa,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183; cf.:duo extremi chorei sunt, id est, e singulis longis et brevibus,
id. Or. 63, 212:etsi temeritas ex tribus brevibus et longa est,
id. ib. 63, 214; 64, 215 (v. also 6. infra). —Euphem., in perf. tempp., of one who has died or a thing that has perished, to be no more, to be gone, departed, dead ( poet.):5.horresco misera, mentio quoties fit partionis: Ita paene tibi fuit Phronesium,
i. e. had almost died, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 92:nunc illud est, cum me fuisse quam esse nimio mavelim,
id. Capt. 3, 3, 1:sive erimus, seu nos fata fuisse velint,
Tib. 3, 5, 32:fuimus Troes, fuit Ilium et ingens Gloria Teucrorum,
Verg. A. 2, 325:certus in hospitibus non est amor: errat ut ipsi, Cumque nihil speres firmius esse, fuit,
Ov. H. 16, (17), 192.—Pregn., to be real or a fact, to be the case; so esp.: est, esto, it is even so, be it so, such is or let such be the case, granted, well, etc.:b.quid tibi vis dicam, nisi quod est?
Plaut. Ep. 1, 1, 17:sunt ista, Laeli,
Cic. Lael. 2, 6:ista esse credere,
id. Tusc. 1, 6, 10: est vero, inquit, Africane, id. Fragm. ap. Lact. 1, 18:est ut dicis, inquam,
id. Fin. 3, 5, 19:sit quidem ut sex milia seminum intereant,
Col. 3, 3, 13:esto: ipse nihil est, nihil potest,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 15, 47; cf.:verum esto,
id. Fin. 2, 23, 75:esto,
Verg. A. 7, 313; 10, 67; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 81; 1, 17, 37 al.—Hence,The connections est ut, ubi, cum, quod, or with a subject-clause, it happens or chances that, it is the case that, there is cause or reason why, there is a time when, it is allowed or permissible that, one may, etc.(α).Est ut, it is the case or fact, that, etc.:(β).sin est, ut velis Manere illam apud te, dos hic maneat,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 7 (8), 32:si est, ut dicat velle se, Redde,
id. Hec. 4, 1, 43:si est, culpam ut Antipho in se admiserit,
id. Phorm. 2, 1, 40:est, ut id maxime deceat,
Cic. Or. 59, 199:quando fuit, ut, quod licet, non liceret?
id. Cael. 20, 48:non est igitur, ut mirandum sit, ea praesentiri, etc.,
id. Div 1, 56, 128:non erat, ut fieri posset, mirarier umquam,
Lucr. 5, 979:futurum esse ut omnes pellerentur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:non est, ut copia major Ab Jove donari possit tibi,
Hor. Ep. 1, 12, 2:est ut viro vir latius ordinet Arbusta sulcis,
id. C. 3, 1, 9; Dig. 38, 7, 2.—Cf. esse after a neg., with quin:numquam est enim, quin aliquid memoriae tradere velimus,
Auct. Her. 3, 24, 40.—Also, est ut, there is reason, that, etc.:magis est ut ipse moleste ferat errasse se, quam ut, etc.,
Cic. Cael. 6, 14 fin.: ille erat ut odisset primum defensorem salutis meae, he had good reason for hating [p. 1799] id. Mil. 13, 35; cf.:quid erat cur Milo optaret,
id. ib. 13, 34:neque est ut putemus ignorari ea ab animalibus,
Plin. 18, 1, 1, § 3. —Est ubi, sometime or another, sometimes:(γ).erit, ubi te ulciscar, si vivo,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 26:est, ubi id isto modo valeat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 8, 23.—Est cum, sometimes:(δ).est cum non est satius, si, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 26, 36.—Est quod, there is reason to, I have occasion:(ε).est quod visam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 26:etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi quam quod te rogem,
I have more reason to, Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:est quod referam ad consilium: sin, etc.,
Liv. 30, 31, 9:quod timeas non est,
Ov. H. 19, 159:nil est illic quod moremur diutius,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 6:non est quod multa loquamur,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 30.—Cf. with cur:non est cur eorum spes infragatur,
Cic. Or. 2, 6:nihil est cur,
id. Fam. 6, 20, 1.—Est, sit, etc., with infin. in Gr. constr., it is possible, is allowed, permitted, one may, etc. (mostly poet. and post-class.):(ζ).est quadam prodire tenus, si non datur ultra,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 32:Cato, R. R. prooem. § 1: scire est liberum Ingenium atque animum,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 42:nec non et Tityon terrae omniparentis alumnum Cernere erat,
Verg. A. 6, 596; 8, 676; Sil. 2, 413:neque est te fallere quicquam,
Verg. G. 4, 447:unde Plus haurire est,
Hor. S. 1, 2, 79:est Gaudia prodentem vultum celare,
id. ib. 2, 5, 103:quod versu dicere non est,
id. ib. 1, 5, 87:quod tangere non est,
Ov. M. 3, 478:quae verbo objecta, verbo negare sit,
Liv. 42, 41, 2 Weissenb. ad loc.:ut conjectare erat intentione vultus,
Tac. A. 16, 34:est videre argentea vasa,
id. G. 5; Val. Max. 2, 6, 8; v. Zumpt, Gram. § 227.— With dat.:ne tibi sit frigida saxa adire,
Prop. 1, 20, 13; Tib. 1, 6, 24 (32):tu procul a patria (nec sit mihi credere tantum!) Alpinas nives Me sine vides,
Verg. E. 10, 46:fuerit mihi eguisse aliquando amicitiae tuae,
Sall. J. 110, 3; Dig. 46, 3, 72, § 4.—In eo ease ut, etc., to be in a condition to reach the point that, to be possible, etc., to be about to, on the point of, etc. ( impers. or with res, etc., as subj.):6.cum jam in eo esset, ut in muros evaderet miles,
Liv. 2, 17, 5:si viderent in eo jam esse ut urbs caperetur,
id. 28, 22, 8:jamque in eo rem fore, ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,
id. 8, 27, 3:cum res non in eo essent ut, etc.,
id. 33, 41, 9:non in eo esse Carthaginiensium res, ut, etc.,
id. 30, 19, 3; 34, 41. —With person. subj. (late Lat.):cum ab Ulixe adducta Iphigenia in eo esset, ut immolaretur,
Hyg. Fab. 261. —Like the Engl. to be, for to come, fall, reach, to have arrived, etc. (hence also with in and acc.):7. II.ecquid in mentem est tibi, Patrem tibi esse?
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 54:nam numero mi in mentem fuit,
id. Am. 1, 1, 26:ex eo tempore res esse in vadimonium coepit,
Cic. Quint. 5, 22:portus in praedonum fuisse potestatem sciatis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33:ut certior fieret, quo die in Tusculanum essem futurus,
id. Att. 15, 4, 2:qui neque in provinciam cum imperio fuerunt,
id. Fam. 8, 8, 8:quae ne in potestatem quidem populi Romani esset,
Liv. 2, 14, 4:nec prius militibus in conspectum fuisse,
Suet. Aug. 16:esse in amicitiam populi Romani dicionemque,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 20, 66; cf.:in eorum potestatem portum futurum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 38, § 98; v. Gell. 1, 7, 16 sq.; Zumpt, Gram. § 316.—As a copula, to be any thing or in any manner.A.In gen.1.With an adj., subst., or pron.:2.et praeclara res est et sumus otiosi,
Cic. Lael. 5, 17:quod in homine multo est evidentius,
id. ib. 8, 27:sperare videor Scipionis et Laelii amicitiam notam posteritati fore,
id. ib. 4, 15:non sum ita hebes, ut istud dicam,
id. Tusc. 1, 6, 12:cum, ignorante rege, uter esset Orestes, Pylades Orestem se esse diceret, Orestes autem ita ut erat, Orestem se esse perseveraret,
id. Lael. 7, 24:consul autem esse qui potui? etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 6, 10:nos numerus sumus et fruges consumere nati,
are a mere number, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 27:pars non minima triumphi est victimae praecedentes,
Liv. 45, 49:nobile erit Romae pascua vestra forum,
Prop. 4 (5), 9, 20:sanguis erant lacrimae,
Luc. 9, 811:ego tu sum, tu es ego: unanimi sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 49:tuos sum,
id. Bacch. 1, 1, 60: domus non ea est, quam parietes nostri cingunt, Cic. Rep. 1, 13, 19:is enim fueram, cui, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 4, 7.—Less freq. with adv. (esp. in colloq. language): Am. Satin' tu sanus es? Sos. Sic sum ut vides, Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 57:B.sic, inquit, est,
Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 60:est, inquit, ut dicis,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63:quod ita cum sit,
id. ib. 1, 45, 69:quia sunt haud procul ab hujus aetatis memoria,
id. ib. 1, 1, 1 B. and K.:nec vero habere virtutem satis est,
id. ib. 1, 2, 2: frustra id inceptum Volscis fuit. Liv. 2, 25:dato qui bene sit: ego, ubi bene sit, tibi locum lepidum dabo,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 1, 51:apud matrem recte est,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:cum in convivio comiter et jucunde fuisses,
id. Deiot. 7, 19:omnes hanc quaestionem haud remissius sperant futuram,
id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11:dicta impune erant,
Tac. A. 1, 72.—Esp.: facile alicubi (in aliqua re) esse, with pleasure, glad to be:quod in maritimis facillime sum,
Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 2:locum habeo nullum ubi facilius esse possum,
id. Att. 13, 26, 2 (on esse with an adverb, v. Haase ap. Reisig, Vorles. p. 394; cf. also bene under bonus fin.).—In partic.1.With gen. part., to be of, belong to a class, party, etc.:2.in republica ita est versatus, ut semper optimarum partium et esset et existimaretur,
Nep. Att. 6, 1:qui ejusdem civitatis fuit,
id. Them. 9, 1:qui Romanae partis erant, urbe excesserunt,
Liv. 35, 51, 7: ut aut amicorum aut inimicorum Campani simus;si defenditis, vestri, si deseritis, Samnitium erimus,
id. 7, 30, 9 sq. —With gen. or abl. denoting quality.(α).With gen.:(β).nimium me timidum, nullius animi, nullius consilii fuisse confiteor,
Cic. Sest. 16, 36:disputatio non mediocris contentionis est,
id. de Or. 1, 60, 257:magni judicii, summae etiam facultatis esse debebit,
id. Or. 21, 70:(virtus) nec tantarum virium est, ut se ipsa tueatur,
id. Tusc. 5, 1, 2; id. Fin. 5, 12, 36:Sulla gentis patriciae nobilis fuit,
Sall. J. 95, 3:summi ut sint laboris,
Caes. B. G. 4, 2:civitas magnae auctoritatis,
id. ib. 5, 54:refer, Cujus fortunae (sit),
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 54:se nullius momenti apud exercitum futurum,
Nep. Alcib. 8, 4:qui ejusdem aetatis fuit,
id. ib. 11, 1:invicti ad laborem corporis erat,
Liv. 9, 16:nec magni certaminis ea dimicatio fuit,
id. 21, 60:somni brevissimi erat,
Suet. Claud. 33.—So of extent, number, etc.:classis centum navium,
Nep. Them. 2, 2; 2, 5:annus trecentarum sexaginta quinque dierum,
Suet. Caes. 40.—With abl.:3.bono animo es,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 4:jam aetate ea sum, ut, etc.,
id. Hec. 5, 1, 11:bellum varia victoria fuit,
Sall. J. 5, 1:L. Catilina nobili genere natus fuit magna vi et animi et corporis, set ingenio malo,
id. C. 5, 1:Sulla animo ingenti,
id. J. 95, 3:esse magna gratia,
Caes. B. G. 1, 8:tenuissima valetudine esse,
id. ib. 5, 40:si fuerit is injustus, timidus, hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:mira sum alacritate ad litigandum,
id. Att. 2, 7, 2:bono animo sint et tui et mei familiares,
id. Fam. 6, 18, 1:ut bono essent animo,
id. Rep. 1, 17, 29:ut uxores eodem jure sint quo viri,
id. ib. 1, 43, 67:qui capite et superciliis semper est rasis,
id. Rosc. Com. 7, 20:abi, quaere, unde domo quis, Cujus fortunae, quo sit patre quove patrono,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 54 (cf. I. A. 4. supra). —With gen. or abl. of price or value.(α).With gen.:(β). 4.pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:videtur esse quantivis pretii,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15:a me argentum, quanti (servus) est, sumito,
id. Ad. 5, 9, 20:si ullo in loco frumentum tanti fuit, quanti iste aestimavit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 194:ager nunc multo pluris est, quam tunc fuit,
id. Rosc. Com. 12, 33:ut quisque, quod plurimi sit, possideat, ita, etc.,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:magni erunt mihi tuae litterae,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 4:parvi sunt foris arma, nisi, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 22, 76:an emat denario quod sit mille denarium,
id. ib. 3, 23, 92:parvi pretii est quod nihili est,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 4:mea mihi conscientia pluris est quam omnium sermo,
is worth more to me, weighs more with me, id. Att. 12, 28, 2:neque pluris pretii cocum quam vilicum habeo,
Sall. J. 85, 39:erat (agellus) centum milium nummum,
Plin. Ep. 6, 3, 1. —With gen. of possession, etc., it belongs, pertains to; or it is the part, property, nature, mark, sign, custom, or duty of, etc.(α).In gen.:(β).audiant eos, quorum summa est auctoritas apud, etc.,
who possess, Cic. Rep. 1, 7, 12:ea ut civitatis Rhodiorum essent,
Liv. 37, 55, 5:teneamus eum cursum, qui semper fuit optimi cujusque,
Cic. Rep. 1, 2, 3:quamobrem neque sapientis esse accipere habenas,
id. ib. 1, 5, 9; id. de Or. 2, 20, 86:sapientis est consilium explicare suum, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 81, 333:temeritas est florentis aetatis, prudentia senescentis,
id. Sen. 6, 20:est adulescentis majores natu vereri,
id. Off. 1, 34, 122:Aemilius, cujus tum fasces erant,
Liv. 8, 12, 13:tota tribuniciae potestatis erat,
id. 3, 48:alterius morientis prope totus exercitus fuit,
id. 22, 50:jam me Pompeii totum esse scis,
Cic. Fam. 2, 13, 2:hominum, non causarum, toti erant,
Liv. 3, 36:plebs novarum, ut solet, rerum atque Hannibalis tota esse,
were devoted to, favored, id. 23, 14:Dolopes numquam Aetolorum fuerant: Philippi erant,
id. 38, 3:Ptolemaeus propter aetatem alieni arbitrii erat,
id. 42, 29:est miserorum ut malevolentes sint,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 51:quod alterum divinitatis mihi cujusdam videtur,
Cic. de Or. 2, 20, 86:negavit moris esse Graecorum, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 66:non est gravitatis ac sapientiae tuae, ferre immoderatius casum incommodorum tuorum,
id. Fam. 5, 16, 5:est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis, uti, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—Rarely with pronom. posses.:est tuum, Cato, videre quid agatur,
Cic. Mur. 38, 83:fuit meum quidem jam pridem rem publicam lugere,
id. Att. 12, 28, 2.—Esp., with gerundive, to denote tendency, effect, etc.:5.quae res evertendae rei publicae solerent esse,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 53, § 132:regium inperium, quod initio conservandae libertatis fuerat,
Sall. C. 6, 7:qui utilia ferrent, quaeque aequandae libertatis essent,
Liv. 3, 31, 7:ea prodendi imperii Romani, tradendae Hannibali victoriae esse,
id. 27, 9, 12:nihil tam aequandae libertatis esse quam potentissimum quemque posse dicere causam,
id. 38, 51, 8:frustrationem eam legis tollendae esse,
id. 3, 24, 1 Weissenb. ad loc.; 3, 39, 8; 5, 3, 5; 40, 29, 11.—With dat. of the end, object, purpose, etc.:6.vitam hanc rusticam tu probro et crimini putas esse oportere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 17, 48:etiam quae esui potuique non sunt, contineri legato,
Dig. 33, 9, 3; Gell. 4, 1, 20:ut divites conferrent, qui essent oneri ferendo,
Liv. 2, 9:magis vis morbi curae esset, maxime quod, etc.,
id. 4, 21, 5:cum solvendo aere (i. e. aeri) alieno res publica non esset,
id. 31, 13:iniciuntur ea, quae umori extrahendo sunt,
Cels. 4, 10 fin. — Esp. in phrase solvendo esse, to be solvent, able to pay:tu nec solvendo eras,
Cic. Phil. 2, 2, 4:cum solvendo civitates non essent,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2 (v. solvo).—With predicative dat. sing., denoting that which the subject is, becomes, appears to be, etc.(α).Without second dat. of pers.:(β).auxilio is fuit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 94:magis curae'st,
id. Bacch. 4, 10, 3; id. Curc. 4, 2, 15; id. As. 1, 3, 23; id. Capt. 5, 2, 13 sq.:cui bono fuerit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 14, 35:eo natus sum ut Jugurthae scelerum ostentui essem,
Sall. J. 24, 10: cupis me esse nequam;tamen ero frugi bonae,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 51:magnoque esse argumento, homines scire pleraque antequam nati sint, quod, etc.,
Cic. Sen. 21, 78:multi Indicioque sui facti persaepe fuere, Lucr 4, 1019: ejus rei ipsa verba formulae testimonio sunt,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 4, 11:haec res ad levandam annonam impedimento fuit,
Liv. 4, 13:cujus rei Demosthenes atque Aeschines possunt esse documento,
Quint. 7, 1, 2.—With second dat. of pers.:7.obsecro vos ego mi auxilio sitis,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 9, 5; id. Ep. 5, 2, 11; id. Most. 1, 2, 68:ne quid Captioni mihi sit,
id. ib. 3, 3, 19:mihi cordi est,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:ubi eris damno molestiae et dedecori saepe fueris,
id. As. 3, 2, 25:metuo illaec mihi res ne malo magno fuat,
id. Mil. 2, 6, 12:nec Salus nobis saluti jam esse potest,
id. Most. 2, 1, 4:bono usui estis nulli,
id. Curc. 4, 2, 15:quae sint nobis morbo mortique,
Lucr. 6, 1095:quo magis quae agis curae sunt mihi,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 46:omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: ut mihi magnae curae tuam vitam ac dignitatem esse scires, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A fin.:accusant ei, quibus occidi patrem Sex. Roscii bono fuit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 5, 13: haec tam parva [p. 1800] civitas praedae tibi et quaestui fuit, id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:ea dictitare, quae detrimento, maculae, invidiae, infamiae nobis omnibus esse possint,
id. ib. 2, 3, 62, §144: minus ea bella curae patribus erant, quam, etc.,
Liv. 35, 23, 1:sciant patribus aeque curae fuisse, ne, etc.,
id. 4, 7, 6:si hoc perinde curae est tibi quam illud mihi,
Plin. Ep. 6, 8, 9:quantaeque curae tibi fuit, ne quis, etc.,
id. Pan. 25, 3:quantae sit mihi curae,
id. Ep. 6, 8, 2:si judicibus ipsis aut gloriae damnatio rei aut deformitati futura absolutio,
Quint. 6, 1, 12.—Rarely with dat. gerund:nec tamen impedimento id rebus gerundis fuit,
Liv. 26, 24 (for a full account of this dative, v. Roby, Gram. 2, praef. pp. xxv.-lvi., and § 1158 sq.).—Esse ad aliquid, to be of use for, to serve for:8.vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,
Cato, R. R. 125:completae naves taeda et pice reliquisque rebus quae sunt ad incendia,
Caes. B. C. 3, 101:valvae, quae olim ad ornandum templum erant maxime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 56, § 124.—Id est or hoc est, with predic.-clause by way of explanatory addition, that is, that is to say; sometimes also with a climax in the sense, which is as much as to say, or which is the same thing:9.sed domum redeamus, id est ad nostros revertamur,
Cic. Brut. 46, 172:quodsi in scena, id est in contione verum valet, etc.,
id. Lael. 26, 97:meos amicos, in quibus est studium, in Graeciam mitto, id est ad Graecos ire jubeo,
id. Ac. 1, 2, 8:si Epicurum, id est si Democritum probarem,
id. ib. 1, 2, 6:ut (sapiens) aegritudine opprimatur, id est miseria,
id. Tusc. 3, 13, 27: a parte negotiali, hoc est pragmatikêi, Quint. 3, 7, 1:cum in bona tua invasero, hoc est, cum te docuero,
id. 8, 3, 89.—Poet., with Greek inf. pleonastically:2.esse dederat monumentum,
Verg. A. 5, 572 (cf.: dôke xeinêion einai, Hom. Il. 10, 269).sum = eum, Enn. ap. Fest., v. is.3.sum- in composition, for sub before m; v. sub fin. -
16 πᾶς
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν gen. παντός, πάσης, παντός (dat. pl. πᾶσι and πᾶσιν vary considerably in the mss.; s. W-S. §5, 28; cp. Rob. 219–21; on the use of the art. s. B-D-F §275) (Hom. +).① pert. to totality with focus on its individual components, each, every, anyⓐ adj., used w. a noun without the art.α. in the sing. emphasizing the individual members of the class denoted by the noun every, each, any, scarcely different in mng. fr. the pl. ‘all’: πᾶν δένδρον Mt 3:10; Lk 3:9. πᾶσα φυτεία Mt 15:13. πᾶσα φάραγξ, πᾶν ὄρος Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4). πᾶς τόπος 4:37. πᾶς ἄνθρωπος J 1:9; 2:10; Ro 3:4 (Ps 115:2); Gal 5:3; Col 1:28abd; Js 1:19. πᾶσα γυνή GJs 11:2. πᾶν ἔθνος Ac 17:26a. πᾶσα ψυχή (Pla., Phdr. 249e) 2:43; 3:23 (cp. Lev 23:29); Ro 2:9; Jd 15. πᾶσα ἡμέρα Ac 5:42; 17:17. πᾶν σάββατον 18:4. πᾶσα ἀρχὴ καὶ πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 Cor 15:24 (cp. Just., D. 111, 2 οὗ τὸ ὄνομα πᾶσα ἀρχὴ δέδιεν). πᾶσα συνείδησις 2 Cor 4:2. πᾶς ἅγιος Phil 4:21. πᾶς οἶκος Hb 3:4 (GJs 7:3). πᾶσα ἀντιλογία 7:7. πᾶσα παιδεία all discipline 12:11. πᾶς ὀφθαλμός Rv 1:7a. πᾶν κτίσμα 5:13a.—Mt 23:35; Lk 2:23 (Ex 13:2); 4:13; 21:36; 2 Th 2:4 (Da 11:36). πᾶσα κτίσις every creature Col 1:15; ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει to every creature vs. 23. πᾶσα γραφή 2 Ti 3:16 (s. γραφή 2a).—πᾶσα σάρξ (כָּל־בָּשָׂר; used in the OT, also En 1:9; TestGad 7:2; GrBar 4:10; but not in EpArist, Philo, nor Joseph.) all flesh Lk 3:6 (Is 40:5); AcPlCor 2:6 and 16 (s. also 3b below). Mostly w. a neg. (so also En 14:21; 17:6) οὐ (or μή) … πᾶσα σάρξ no flesh = no one Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; Ro 3:20; 1 Cor 1:29; Gal 2:16 (cp. GrBar 8:7 οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα πνοή). Other sim. neg. expressions are also Hebraistic (s. B-D-F §302, 1; Mlt-H. 433f) οὐ … πᾶν ῥῆμα not a thing, nothing Lk 1:37 (cp. PRyl 113, 12f [133 A.D.] μὴ … πᾶν πρᾶγμα). οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινόν I have never eaten anything common Ac 10:14. Cp. Rv 7:1, 16; 9:4; 21:27. Also in reverse order, πᾶς … οὐ or μή (Ex 12:16; Sir 8:19; 10:6, but s. also GLee, ET 63, ’51f, 156) 18:22; Eph 4:29; 5:5; 2 Pt 1:20; 1J 2:21; 3:15b.—Only rarely is a ptc. used w. πᾶς in this way: παντὸς ἀκούοντος when anyone hears Mt 13:19. παντὶ ὀφείλοντι Lk 11:4 (Mlt-Turner 196f).β. w. a noun in the pl., without the art. πάντες ἄνθρωποι all people/men, everyone (Lysias 12, 60; Andoc. 3, 25; X., Cyr. 7, 5, 52, Mem. 4, 4, 19; Demosth. 8, 5; 18, 72) Ac 22:15; Ro 5:12a, 18ab; 12:17, 18; 1 Cor 7:7; 15:19; 2 Cor 3:2; Phil 4:5; 1 Th 2:15; 1 Ti 2:4; 4:10; Tit 2:11. πάντες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ Hb 1:6 (Dt 32:43; cp. Demosth. 18, 294 πάντες θεοί).ⓑ adj. used with a noun or ptc. with the art.α. in the sing. Oft. πᾶς ὁ, πάσα ἡ, πᾶν τό is used w. a ptc. (B-D-F §413, 2 and 3) every one who, whoever πᾶς ὁ (Soph., Aj. 152; Demosth. 23, 97; Sir 22:2, 26; 1 Macc 1:52; 2:27) πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος Mt 5:22. Cp. vss. 28, 32; 7:8, 26 (=πᾶς ὅστις vs. 24; s. below); Lk 6:47; 11:10; 14:11; 16:18; 18:14; 19:26; J 3:8, 15f, 20; 4:13; 6:40; 8:34; 18:37; Ac 10:43b; 13:39; Ro 2:1, 10; 10:4, 11; 1 Cor 9:25; Gal 3:13; 2 Ti 2:19; Hb 5:13; 1J 2:23, 29 al.; 2J 9; Rv 22:18.—πᾶν τό everything that (1 Macc 10:41): πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον Mt 15:17; Mk 7:18. πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:34. πᾶν τὸ πωλούμενον 1 Cor 10:25; cp. vs. 27. πᾶν τὸ φανερούμενον Eph 5:14. πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον 1J 5:4.—An equivalent of this expr. is πᾶς ὅς (or ὅστις), πᾶν ὅ every one who, whatever (s. above and s. B-D-F §293, 1; 413, 2; Rob. 727; 957), masc.: Mt 7:24; 10:32; 19:29; Lk 12:8, 10 (RHolst, ZNW 63, ’72, 122–24), 48; 14:33; Ac 2:21 (πᾶς ὸ̔ς ἐάν, s. Jo 2:32); Ro 10:13 (πᾶς ὸ̔ς ἄν, s. Jo 3:5); Gal 3:10. Neut. (Jdth 12:14.—Jos., Ant. 5, 211 πᾶν ὅ = πάντες οἱ): J 6:37, 39; 17:2b; Ro 14:23; Col 3:17 (πᾶν ὅ τι ἐάν).β. w. a noun in the pl., w. the art. allא. w. substantives: πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί Mt 1:17; Lk 1:48; Eph 3:21; GJs 6:2 al. πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Mt 2:4. Cp. vs. 16; 4:8; 11:13; Mk 4:13, 31f; 6:33; Lk 1:6; 2:51; 6:26; J 18:20; Ac 1:18; 3:18; 10:12, 43a; 14:16; Ro 1:5; 15:11 (Ps 116:1); 16:4; 1 Cor 12:26ab; 2 Cor 8:18; 11:28; Eph 4:10; 6:16b; Col 2:13; 1 Ti 6:10; Hb 4:4 (Gen 2:2 and 3); 9:21; Js 1:8; Rv 1:7b; 7:11; 15:4 al.—Used w. a demonstr. pron.: πᾶσαι αἱ παρθένοι ἐκεῖναι Mt 25:7. πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 26:1. πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα Lk 1:65; 2:19.—Somet. following the noun: τὰς πόλεις πάσας Mt 9:35; Ac 8:40. οἱ μαθηταὶ πάντες the disciples, one and all Mt 26:56. αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι Ac 16:26a. Cp. Ro 16:16; 1 Cor 7:17; 13:2a; 15:7; 16:20; 1 Th 5:26; 2 Ti 4:21; Rv 8:3. οἱ Ἱεροσολυμῖται πάντες Mk 1:5.—On the position of ἐκεῖνος, ἕνεκα, πᾶς s. NTurner, VetusT 5, ’55, 208–13.ב. w. participles πάντες οἱ: πάντες οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες Mt 4:24. πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες 11:28; cp. 21:12; 26:52; Lk 1:66; 2:47; 13:17; Ac 1:19; 2:44; 4:16; 5:5, 11; 6:15; 9:14; 28:30; Ro 1:7; 4:11; 1 Cor 1:2; Eph 6:24; 1 Th 1:7; 2 Th 1:10; 2 Ti 3:12; 4:8; Hb 5:9; 13:24; 2J 1; Rv 13:8; 18:24. Following the ptc. οἱ κατοικοῦντες πάντες Ac 2:14. ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν 20:32.—πάντα τά: πάντα τὰ γενόμενα Mt 18:31. πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντα 24:47; Lk 12:44; 1 Cor 13:3. Cp. Lk 17:10; 18:31; 21:36; J 18:4; Ac 10:33b. Used w. a demonstr. pron.: περὶ πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων Lk 24:14. Following: τὰ γινόμενα πάντα 9:7.ג. w. prepositional expressions, w. which ὄντες (ὄντα) is to be supplied (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 24 [Stone p. 10] πάντα τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] πάντες σου οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις): πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Mt 5:15; Ac 16:32. πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ Lk 5:9. πάντες οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις J 5:28. πάντες οἱ εἰς μακράν Ac 2:39. Cp. 5:17. πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ Ro 9:6. Cp. 2 Ti 1:15; 1 Pt 5:14. πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς Ac 4:24; 14:15 (Ex 20:11); cp. 17:24. Following: οἱ μετʼ ἐμοῦ πάντες Tit 3:15a (πάντες οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ JosAs 27:7).ⓒ π. used w. pronounsα. w. personal pronouns: πάντες ἡμεῖς we all Ac 2:32; 10:33a; 26:14; 28:2; Ro 4:16b. πάντες ὑμεῖς Mt 23:8; 26:31; Lk 9:48; Ac 4:10a; 22:3; Ro 1:8; 15:33; 2 Cor 7:15; Gal 3:28; Phil 1:4, 7ab, 8; 1 Th 1:2; 2 Th 3:16c, 18; Tit 3:15b; Hb 13:25. πάντες αὐτοί Ac 4:33; 19:17b; 20:36. Following the pron.: ἡμεῖς πάντες J 1:16; Ro 8:32a; 2 Cor 3:18; Eph 2:3. ὑμεῖς πάντες Ac 20:25. αὐτοὶ πάντες Mt 12:15; 1 Cor 15:10. W. art. οἱ πάντες ἡμεῖς 2 Cor 5:10.β. w. a demonstr. pron.: πάντες οὗτοι these all, all these Ac 2:7 v.l. Mostly following the pron.: οὗτοι πάντες 1:14; 17:7; Hb 11:13, 39. πάντα ταῦτα Mt 6:32; 24:8; Lk 7:18; Ac 24:8; 1 Cor 12:11; Col 3:14; 1 Th 4:6; Hm 5, 2, 5 cj. Joly. ταῦτα πάντα Mt 4:9; 6:33; 13:34, 51; Lk 12:30; Ac 7:50; Ro 8:37; 2 Pt 3:11.γ. πάντες ὅσοι, πάντα ὅσα all who, everything that, masc.: Lk 4:40 v.l. (for ἅπαντες); J 10:8. Neut. (TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 17 [Stone p. 20]; TestJob 4:2; GrBar 7:2; Philo, Aet. M. 15; 28; Jos., Ant. 8, 242; Just., A I, 44, 9) Mt 7:12; 13:46; 18:25; 21:22; Mk 11:24; 12:44b; Lk 18:12, 22; J 10:41. πάντες, ὸ̔ς ἄν Hs 7:7.ⓓ subst.α. πάντες, πᾶσαι all, everyone (even when only two are involved = both: Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 27 §105 [Caesar and Pompey]) Mt 10:22; 14:20; 15:37; 21:26; 26:27; Mk 1:37; 5:20; Lk 1:63 and oft. πάντες ἥμαρτον Ro 5:12 (on the sinfulness of πάντες cp. the saying of Bias s.v. πολύς 1aβא; FDanker, Ro 5:12, Sin under Law, NTS 14, ’68, 430, n. 1).—οὐ πάντες not everyone Mt 19:11. Cp. J 13:10; Ro 10:16.—πάντων as partitive and comparative gen. ὕστερον πάντων last of all Mt 22:27; cp. Mk 12:22, 43. Even in ref. to a fem. (Thu. 4, 52, 3; Aristoph., Av. 472) ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων Mk 12:28 (but s. B-D-F §164, 1).β. πάντα all things, everything. Abs. (Chrysippus in Stob., Ecl. 1, 1, 26 p. 31 W.; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6; M. Ant. 4, 23; Ael. Aristid. 43, 9 K.=1 p. 3 D.: ἀρχὴ ἁπάντων Ζεύς τε καὶ ἐκ Διὸς πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; Hymn to Selene in PGM 4, 2838f ἐκ σέο γὰρ πάντʼ ἐστὶ καὶ εἰς σʼ, αἰώνιε, πάντα τελευτᾷ [s. 4dβ]; PGM 5, 139; PKöln VI, 245, 16 of Athena [s. ed.’s comments]) Mt 11:27 = Lk 10:22 (s. the lit. on this pass. s.v. υἱός 2dβ. The word πάντα here is variously understood of authority and power [so ASchlatter (Mt), FBüchsel (TW II 173) et al.] or of knowledge and teaching: ENorden [Agn. Th. 288], TZahn [Mt], Grundmann [Lk] et al.; also JFitzmyer: “the knowledge of the mutual relation of himself and God” [AB Comm. Luke II 874]. IMarshall [Lk] follows BReicke [TW V 993 n. 289] and opts for both power and knowledge); J 1:3; 3:35; 21:17; 1 Cor 2:10; 15:27a (Ps 8:7), b, 28cd (πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν w. a somewhat different coloring: Dio Chrys. 54 [71], 1); Eph 1:22a (Ps 8:7); Rv 21:5. Here we may class ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων θεός (cp. Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 10; 13, 12, 4 ἐπὶ πάντων εἶναι τ. θεόν; Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 23 τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ) God, who rules over all Ro 9:5 (θεός 2). ὁ πάντων δεσπότης GJs 20:3 (codd.); cp. 11:2.—Of a ‘whole’ that is implied fr. the context: πάντα ἀποδώσω σοι Mt 18:26. Cp. 22:4; Mk 4:34; Lk 1:3; Ro 8:28 (s. Black s.v. συνεργέω); 2 Cor 6:10; Gal 4:1; Phil 2:14; 1 Th 5:21; 2 Ti 2:10; Tit 1:15; 1J 2:27; GJs 18:3 codd. πάντα ὑμῶν ἐστιν everything is yours, belongs to you 1 Cor 3:21, cp. 22 (Plut., Cic. 873 [25, 4] πάντα τοῦ σοφοῦ εἶναι; Diog. L. 6, 72). πάντα ὑμῶν everything you do 16:14. πρῶτον πάντων 1 Ti 2:1. πάντα four times as anaphora (rhetorical repetition) 1 Cor 13:7 (cp. Libanius, Or. 3 p. 275, 4 πάντα φθεγγόμενοι, πάντα ἐργαζόμενοι, πάντα χαριζόμενοι).—The acc. of specification stands almost in the sense of an adv. (B-D-F §154; Rob. 487) πάντα in all respects, in every way, altogether (Hom. et al.; Aelian, VH 12, 25; Jos., Ant. 9, 166; SibOr 3, 205; Ath. 35, 2) Ac 20:35 (perh. always, as Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 22 p. 590); 1 Cor 9:25b. πάντα πᾶσιν ἀρέσκω (s. ἀρέσκω 2a) 10:33; 11:2. Cp. KGrobel, JBL 66, ’47, 366 and s. τὰ πάντα in 4dβ below.—W. a prep.: εἰς πάντα in all respects, in every way (Pla., Charm. 6, 158a, Leg. 5, 738a; Appian, Iber. 17 §64, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §385; BGU 798, 7) 2 Cor 2:9. ἐν πᾶσιν in all respects, in every way (PGiss 69, 8; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 112 §467 [here ἐν ἅπασιν=in all respects]; Just., D. 80, 1 ἀσφαλὴς ἐν πᾶσι); 1 Ti 3:11; 2 Ti 2:7; 4:5; Tit 2:9, 10b; Hb 13:4, 18; 1 Pt 4:11. Perh. also Eph 1:23b. ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις in (or besides) all this (Sir 48:15; Job 2:10; 12:9; cp. Plut., Mor. 98f) Lk 16:26. κατὰ πάντα, s. κατά B 6. περὶ πάντων in every way (Mitt-Wilck I/2, 6, 9; SibOr 1, 198) 3J 2. πρὸ πάντων above all, especially (PRein 18, 27 [II B.C.]; BGU 811, 3; PAmh 135, 2; Just., D. 7, 3) Js 5:12; 1 Pt 4:8.② any entity out of a totality, any and every, everyⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing. without the article every, any and every, just any, any at all μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε do not believe just any spirit 1J 4:1. περιφερόμενοι παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας Eph 4:14. περὶ παντὸς πράγματος about anything Mt 18:19. κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any reason at all 19:3. Cp. 4:4=Lk 4:4 v.l. (Dt 8:3); Mt 12:31; 2 Cor 1:4b (on ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν vs. 4a see 3b below).ⓑ as subst. without the art.α. πᾶς everyone without exception Lk 16:16.β. πᾶν, w. prep.: διὰ παντός s. διά A 2a. ἐν παντί in every respect or way, in everything (Pla., Symp. 194a; X., Hell. 5, 4, 29; SIG 1169, 27; Sir 18:27; 4 Macc 8:3; GrBar 9:8) πλουτίζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:5; 2 Cor 9:11. Cp. 2 Cor 4:8; 7:5, 11, 16; 8:7; 9:8b; 11:6a, 9; Eph 5:24; Phil 4:6; 1 Th 5:18.③ marker of the highest degree of someth., allⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing. without the art. full, greatest, all (Pla., Rep. 9, 575a; Demosth. 18, 279 al.; ins, freq. in accolades; pap.: New Docs 8 p. 62, 10 μετὰ πάσης πίστεως καὶ ἐπιμελείας ‘with all fidelity and care’; LXX; Tat. 39, 1 μετὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας) μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης Ac 4:29. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ 5:23. πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ in all good conscience 23:1. Cp. 17:11; 24:3; 2 Cor 9:8b; 12:12; Eph 4:2. ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει with the greatest perseverance 6:18c. Cp. Phil 1:20; 2:29; Col 1:11ab; 1 Ti 2:2b, 11; 3:4; 4:9; 5:2; Tit 2:15; Js 1:2; 2 Pt 1:5; Jd 3 al. ὑπομένειν πᾶσαν ὑπομονήν practice patient endurance to the limit Pol 9:1.ⓑ in related vein as adj. with noun in the sing. w. the art. all ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν in all our trouble 2 Cor 1:4a (on ἐν πάσῃ θλίψει vs. 4b s. 2a above); 7:4; 1 Th 3:7. ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν in all remembrance of you Phil 1:3. πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν all your care 1 Pt 5:7. τὸν πάντα χρόνον AcPlCor 2:4; τὴν πᾶσαν σάρκα 2:11 (cp. 1aα).④ pert. to a high degree of completeness or wholeness, wholeⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing., without the art. all, the whole before proper names, mostly geographic (X., Hell. 4, 8, 28 προστάται πάσης Λέσβου ἔσονται al.; LXX) πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα Mt 2:3 (s. Ἱερ.). πᾶς Ἰσραήλ (3 Km 8:65; 11:16; 1 Esdr 1:19; 5:45, 58; Jdth 15:14) Ro 11:26 (s. W-S. §20, 11a and b; Rob. 772). The OT is also the source of πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραήλ (1 Km 7:2, 3) Ac 2:36 and, in subject matter, ἐπὶ παντὸς προσώπου τῆς γῆς 17:26b (but Gen 2:6 has πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς, and 7:23; 11:4, 8, 9 ἐπὶ προσώπου [or πρόσωπον] πάσης τῆς γῆς).—Perh. πᾶσα οἰκοδομή Eph 2:21 (s. W-S. §20:11 b; Rob. 772; Mlt-Turner 199f; MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.; M. Ant. 6, 36, 1; OGI 383, 86ff).ⓑ w. a noun in the sing., w. the art. the whole, all (the). Preceding the noun that has the art.: πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5. πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέλη the whole herd 8:32. Cp. vs. 34; 13:2; 21:10; 27:25, 45; Mk 2:13; 4:1. πᾶσα ἡ ἀλήθεια 5:33. πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις the whole creation (TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 7 [Stone p. 32]) Mk 16:15; Ro 8:22. Cp. Lk 1:10; 2:1, 10; Ac 3:9, 11; 5:21; 15:12. πᾶς ὁ κόσμος Ro 3:19b; Col 1:6. πᾶν τὸ σπέρμα Ro 4:16. πᾶσα ἡ γῆ 9:17 (Ex 9:16); Lk 4:25. πᾶσα ἡ γνῶσις, πᾶσα ἡ πίστις 1 Cor 13:2bc. πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα Eph 3:19; Col 1:19; 2:9. πᾶν τὸ σῶμα Eph 4:16; Col 2:19. Cp. Hb 9:19bc. W. a demonstrative pron. πᾶς ὁ λαὸς οὗτος all these people Lk 9:13. πᾶσα ἡ ὀφειλὴ ἐκείνη Mt 18:32.—Following the noun that has the article: τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν the whole matter of judgment J 5:22. εἰς τὴν ἀλήθειαν πᾶσαν into truth in all its outreach 16:13. τὴν ἐξουσίαν … πᾶσαν Rv 13:12.ⓒ πᾶς and πάντες stand attributively betw. art. and noun, when the noun is regarded as a whole, in contrast to its individual parts (cp. Kühner-G. I 632f).α. sing. (Thu. 2, 7, 2 ὁ πᾶς ἀριθμόσ=‘the whole number’; 8, 93, 2 τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος; X., Mem. 1, 2, 8 εἰς τὸν πάντα βίον; Pla., Gorg. 470e ἡ πᾶσα εὐδαιμονία; 2 Macc 2:17; 3 Macc 1:29; 6:14; 4 Macc 3:8) ὁ πᾶς νόμος the whole law Gal 5:14. τὸν πάντα χρόνον Ac 20:18.β. pl. (X., An. 5, 6, 7 οἱ πάντες ἄνθρωποι; Pla., Theaet. 204a τὰ πάντα μέρη) αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαί all the souls Ac 27:37. οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντες Ἰουδαῖοι 21:21. οἱ σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντες ἅγιοι Ro 16:15. οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ πάντες ἀδελφοί Gal 1:2.—W. numerals (Hdt. 7, 4; Thu. 1, 60, l) οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα the whole number of the men was about twelve Ac 19:7.—JBover, Uso del adjetivo singular πᾶς en San Pablo: Biblica 19, ’38, 411–34.ⓓ as subst.α. οἱ πάντες all (of them) (in contrast to a part) Ro 11:32ab; 1 Cor 9:22 (s. HChadwick, NTS 1, ’55, 261–75); Phil 2:21. (We, they) all Mk 14:64; 1 Cor 10:17; 2 Cor 5:14b. μέχρι καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες until we all attain Eph 4:13.β. τὰ πάντα. In the abs. sense of the whole of creation all things, the universe (Pla., Ep. 6, 323d τῶν πάντων θεός; hymn to Selene in EAbel, Orphica [1885] 294, 36 εἰς σὲ τὰ πάντα τελευτᾶ [s. 1dβ beg.]; Herm. Wr. 13, 17 τ. κτίσαντα τὰ πάντα; JosAs 8:2 ζωοποιήσας τὰ πάντα; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 208, Rer. Div. Her. 36, Somn. 1, 241; Just., A I, 67, 2 τὸν ποιητὴν τῶν πάντων; PGM 1, 212 κύριε τῶν πάντων; 4, 3077) Ro 11:36 (Musaeus: Vorsokr. 2 A 4 [in Diog. L. 1, 3] ἐξ ἑνὸς τὰ πάντα γίνεσθαι καὶ εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀναλύεσθαι. Cp. Norden, Agn. Th. 240–50); 1 Cor 8:6ab; 15:28ab; Eph 3:9; 4:10b; Phil 3:21; Col 1:16ab, 17b (HHegermann, D. Vorstellung vom Schöpfungsmittler etc., TU 82, ’61, 88ff); Hb 1:3; 2:10ab; Rv 4:11; 1 Cl 34:2; PtK 2 (four times).—In the relative sense, indicated by the context, everything (Κυπρ. I p. 42 no. 29 τὰς στοὰς καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐταῖς πάντα; PGiss 2, 14 [II B.C.] in a bill: τὰ π.=everything taken together) ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται everything (=all the instruction) is in parables Mk 4:11. Cp. Ac 17:25b; Ro 8:32b. Of everything in heaven and earth that is in need of uniting and redeeming Eph 1:10 (EWalter, Christus u. d. Kosmos [Eph 1:10] ’48); Col 1:20. τὰ πάντα they all (of the members of the body) 1 Cor 12:19. The neut. is also used of persons: Gal 3:22; cp. 1 Ti 6:13 (here including humankind and everything else that possesses life).—As acc. of specification, almost like an adv.: τὰ πάντα in all respects (Appian, Prooem. 6 §23) Eph 4:15 (s. 1dβ).—As a summation of what precedes all this (PCairZen 741, 16; 742, 22; BGU 1509 [all III B.C.]) 2 Cor 4:15; Phil 3:8b; Col 3:8.—Furthermore, πάντες can also have the limited sense nearly all (Xenophon Eph. 2, 13, 4 πάντας ἀπέκτεινεν, ὀλίγους δὲ καὶ ζῶντας ἔλαβε. μόνος δὲ ὁ Ἱππόθοος ἠδυνήθη διαφυγεῖν).—Mlt-Turner 199–201.⑤ everything belonging, in kind, to the class designated by the noun, every kind of, all sorts of, adj. for the words παντοδαπός and παντοῖος, which are lacking in our lit.: πᾶσα νόσος καὶ πᾶσα μαλακία Mt 4:23. γέμουσιν πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας they are full of all kinds of uncleanness 23:27 (Ar. 15, 6). πᾶσα ἐξουσία 28:18. ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους from every kind of nation Ac 2:5. Cp. 7:22; 13:10ab; Ro 1:18, 29. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία (evil) desire of every kind 7:8. ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5b. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα every kind of sin 6:18. Cp. 2 Cor 7:1; 9:8bc; 10:5ab; Eph 1:3, 8, 21a; 4:19; 5:3; Phil 1:9; 2 Th 2:17. πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν Tit 1:16; 3:1. Cp. 2:14; Hb 13:21. πᾶσα δόσις, πᾶν δώρημα Js 1:17 (W-S. §20, 11b). Cp. vs. 21; 1 Pt 2:1ab; Rv 8:7 al.—B. 919. Schmidt, Syn. IV, 540–54, s. ἕκαστος and ὅλος. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
17 ὄνομα
ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+).① proper name of an entity, nameⓐ gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος …, οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod S 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].)ⓑ used w. verbsα. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω.β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads toⓒ used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod S 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄν. by name, individually (Diod S 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; EpArist 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14) J 10:3 (New Docs 3, 77f; animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II A.D.] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄν.; POxy 1070, 46; pap in Dssm., LO 160/1, ln. 14f [LAE 193, ln. 15, note 21]; New Docs 3, 77f) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄν. staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.ⓓ used in combination with God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions s. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens 1901; Bousset, Rel.3 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 110ff; FConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFCT V 6, 1901, 49ff, Studierstube 2, 1904, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes 1903;WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903; WBrandt, TT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, 1904, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: ASG 36, 2, 1918; Schürer III4 409–11; HObbink, De magische betekenis van den naam inzonderheid in het oude Egypte 1925; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34; HHuffman, Name: 1148–52.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new community of believers—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, expressing the person’s qualities and powers. Accordingly, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices and ritual (σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματα Theoph. Ant., 1, 9 [p. 76, 7]), including magic. In Israelite tradition the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic practices of the period revered the names of gods, daemons, and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Judeo-Christians revere and use the name of God and, of course, the name of Jesus. On magic in Jewish circles, s. Schürer III 342–79; for the NT period in general s. MSmith, Clement of Alexandria and a Secret Gospel of Mark ’73, 195–230.—The names of God and Jesusα. in combination w. attributes: διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cp. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4 (on ἔνδοξον ὄν., cp. EPeterson, Εἷ θεός 1926, 282.—ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cp. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.; θεοπρεπής b).β. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9 (AFridrichsen, Helligt vorde dit naun: DTT 8, 1917, 1–16). Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. bγ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. πφοσέθηκαν κατὰ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου βλασφημίαν Hs 6, 2, 3; βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν. 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄν. τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cp. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; Hs 9, 18, 5 (s. δοξάζω 1; cp. GJs 7:2; 12:1[w. ref. to name of Mary]). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12. ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (vv.ll. ἐν or ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (as PsSol 6:1) or αὐτοῦ, σου etc. (w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a person who calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.—Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cp. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by (the Lord’s) name Hs 9, 14, 3; cp. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15 (cp. PsSol 15:2 ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου). ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears almost as the representation of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of the divine nature (Quint. Smyrn. 9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; τοσοῦτον … δύναται τὸ ὄ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 11; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4; PsSol 7:6; Just., D. 121, 3 ὑποτάσσεσθαι αὐτοῦ ὀν.): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship the most excellent name (of the Most High) 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of (God’s) son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. γב below and s. πιστεύω 2aβ).—Of the name borne by followers of Jesus Christ (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 13]): κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cp. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cp. 9, 13, 2b. Christians receive this name at their baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a person bears the name of God’s Son (which is given the candidate at baptism), he is dead 9, 16, 3. Of dissemblers and false teachers ὄν. μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in pretense Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6.γ. used w. prepositionsא. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PtK 3 p. 15 ln. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) Hs 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4 al.). σημεῖα … γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. … Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (= while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.—W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι … διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (Just., A I, 4, 2 al.). ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of (Jesus’) name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (s. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; Hs 9, 28, 3.ב. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as rendering of rabb. לְשֵׁם with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; but here the other mng. (s. ג below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language (s. Mayser II/2 p. 415; Dssm. B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit. 100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. 1910, 149ff. On the LXX s. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante 1908, 202f): εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος to the name=to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to humans, are dedicated to God.—The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. those who are baptized become the possession of and come under the dedicated protection of the one whose name they bear. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cp. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄν. τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cp. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2c and Silva New, Beginn. I/5, ’33, 121–40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e. have confidence that the person’s name (rather in the sense of a title, cp. Phil 2:9) is rightfully borne and encodes what the person really is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13.ג. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (PsSol 11:8; JosAs 9:1; Just., D. 35, 2 al.; no corresponding use has been found in gener. Gk. lit.; but cp. ἐν ὀν. τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 15, 6.—Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp. 44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cp. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ … οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. … ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cp. 2 Th 3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. At a baptism ἐν ὀν. χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 32. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cp. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὸ̔ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν. κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to give evidence of being a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of pers. or thing greeted IRo ins; ISm 12:2. Receive a congregation ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian congregation 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν 4c); the effect brought about by the name is caused by its utterance ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν. (θεοῦ) 17:11f.—ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f) in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.—OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: RevÉtGr 47, ’34, 180–204; RBratcher, BT 14, ’63, 72–80.ד. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα 1): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας … ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου you created all things for your name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits which the works of creation bring to humankind D 10:3.ה. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; En 10:2; Just., D. 39, 6; Ath. 23, 1; s. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀν. τὰς θεραπείας ἐπετέλουν GJs 20:2 (codd.). Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (s. Heitmüller 64); but s. also 3 below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in (the Lord’s) most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) 16:8b.ו. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12.—(W. acc.: ἔχομεν δέος τὸ ὄ. τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 48, 34).ז. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ … πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9.ח. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cp. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cp. 3J 7. Of thankful praying at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι … ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν we thank you … for your holy name, which you caused to dwell in our hearts D 10:2.δ. ὄν. w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; Phil 2:9 (cp. Diod S 3, 61, 6); 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.② a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.③ the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὸ̔ς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above).④ recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306).⑤ name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
18 ὡς
ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as① a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, likeⓐ corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.ⓑ special usesα. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.② a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.ⓐ ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.ⓑ The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.ⓒ Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.α. a substantiveא. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.ⓓ other noteworthy usesα. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.③ marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, asⓐ w. focus on quality, circumstance, or roleα. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.ⓑ w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and now … Lk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.ⓒ w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.2 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).④ conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.⑤ marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.⑥ w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.⑦ a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.⑧ temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).ⓐ w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.ⓑ w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11.— Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.ⓒ ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.ⓓ w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).⑨ a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order toⓐ w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).ⓑ w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).ⓒ used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M. -
19 Animal Intelligence
We can... distinguish sharply between the kind of behavior which from the very beginning arises out of a consideration of the structure of a situation, and one that does not. Only in the former case do we speak of insight, and only that behavior of animals definitely appears to us intelligent which takes account from the beginning of the lay of the land, and proceeds to deal with it in a single, continuous, and definite course. Hence follows this criterion of insight: the appearance of a complete solution with reference to the whole lay- out of the field. (KoЁhler, 1927, pp. 169-170)Signs, in [Edward] Tolman's theory, occasion in the rat realization, or cognition, or judgment, or hypotheses, or abstraction, but they do not occasion action. In his concern with what goes on in the rat's mind, Tolman has neglected to predict what the rat will do. So far as the theory is concerned the rat is left buried in thought: if he gets to the food-box at the end that is his concern, not the concern of the theory. (Guthrie, 1972, p. 172)3) A New Insight Consists of a Recombination of Pre-existent Mediating PropertiesThe insightful act is an excellent example of something that is not learned, but still depends on learning. It is not learned, since it can be adequately performed on its first occurrence; it is not perfected through practice in the first place, but appears all at once in recognizable form (further practice, however, may still improve it). On the other hand, the situation must not be completely strange; the animal must have had prior experience with the component parts of the situation, or with other situations that have some similarity to it.... All our evidence thus points to the conclusion that a new insight consists of a recombination of pre existent mediating processes, not the sudden appearance of a wholly new process. (Hebb, 1958, pp. 204-205)In Morgan's own words, the principle is, "In no case may we interpret an action as the outcome of the exercise of a higher psychical faculty, if it can be interpreted as the outcome of the exercise of one which stands lower in the psychological scale." Behaviorists universally adopted this idea as their own, interpreting it as meaning that crediting consciousness to animals can't be justified if the animal's behavior can be explained in any other way, because consciousness is certainly a "higher psychical faculty." Actually, their interpretation is wrong, since Morgan was perfectly happy with the idea of animal consciousness: he even gives examples of it directly taken from dog behavior. Thus in The Limits of Animal Intelligence, he describes a dog returning from a walk "tired" and "hungry" and going down into the kitchen and "looking up wistfully" at the cook. Says Morgan about this, "I, for one, would not feel disposed to question that he has in his mind's eye a more or less definite idea of a bone."Morgan's Canon really applies to situations where the level of intelligence credited to an animal's behavior goes well beyond what is really needed for simple and sensible explanation. Thus application of Morgan's Canon would prevent us from presuming that, when a dog finds its way home after being lost for a day, it must have the ability to read a map, or that, if a dog always begins to act hungry and pace around the kitchen at 6 P.M. and is always fed at 6:30 P.M., this must indicate that it has learned how to tell time. These conclusions involve levels of intelligence that are simply not needed to explain the behaviors. (Coren, 1994, pp. 72-73)Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Animal Intelligence
-
20 vestido
adj.clothed, attired, clad, vested.m.dress, costume, garment, outfit.past part.past participle of spanish verb: vestir.* * *1 (indumentaria) clothes plural, dress, costume2 (de mujer) dress; (de hombre) suit————————1→ link=vestir vestir► adjetivo1 dressed1 (indumentaria) clothes plural, dress, costume2 (de mujer) dress; (de hombre) suit\vestido de etiqueta / vestido de noche evening dress* * *noun m.1) dress2) clothes* * *1.ADJ dressed¿cómo iba vestida la novia? — what was the bride wearing?
•
vestido con algo — wearing sth, dressed in sthva vestido con un traje azul — he's wearing a blue suit, he's dressed in a blue suit
•
vestido de algo — wearing sth, dressed in sth¡en marzo y ya vas vestida de verano! — it's only March and you're wearing summer clothes already!
2. SM1) (=prenda) [de mujer] dress(Col) [de hombre] suitvestido de debajo — †undergarment frm
vestido de encima — †outer garment frm
vestido de novia — wedding dress, bridal gown
2) (=vestimenta) clothes [pl]* * *I- da adjetivo dressedbien/mal vestido — well/badly dressed
¿cómo iba vestido? — what was he wearing?
IIvestido de algo: iba vestida de azul she was wearing blue; vestido de calle/uniforme in casual clothes/uniform; ¿de qué vas a ir vestido? — what are you going to go as?
a) ( ropa) clothes (pl), dressb) ( de mujer) dressc) (Col) ( de hombre) suit* * *I- da adjetivo dressedbien/mal vestido — well/badly dressed
¿cómo iba vestido? — what was he wearing?
IIvestido de algo: iba vestida de azul she was wearing blue; vestido de calle/uniforme in casual clothes/uniform; ¿de qué vas a ir vestido? — what are you going to go as?
a) ( ropa) clothes (pl), dressb) ( de mujer) dressc) (Col) ( de hombre) suit* * *vestido11 = dress, garment.Ex: He frequently asks them to shelve books upstairs on the balcony and then stands there looking up their dresses.
Ex: The garment was identified as the wedding dress of Margaret of Denmark who married James III of Scotland in 1469.* vestido de diseño = designer dress.* vestido de etiqueta = evening dress, evening gown.* vestido de noche = evening dress, evening gown.* vestido de novia = wedding dress, wedding gown, bridal gown, bridal robe.vestido22 = clothed, clad, costumed.Ex: From the way his left shoulder is tipped forward, from the set of his head and the length of his stride, one gets the feeling that he is a fully clothed sprinter just leaving the starting blocks.
Ex: The stereotype of the governess as exemplified in Jane Eyre -- intelligent, restrained, soberly clad -- was the predecessor of the librarian as an occupation in which the women of the period, the 'guardians of morality' could find genteel employment.Ex: Flamboyantly costumed groups paraded and danced in the streets.* bien vestido = well-dressed, dapper.* medio vestido = half dressed.* persona vaga y mal vestida = slob.* vestido a la antigua = frumpy [frumpier -comp., frumpiest -sup.], frumpish.* vestido a la última = fashion statement.* vestido a la última moda = fashion statement.* vestido de civil = in plain clothes.* vestido de gala = dressed (up) to the nines.* vestido de paisano = civilian clothes, in plain clothes.* * *dressedsiempre va muy bien vestido he's always very well dresseduna de las mujeres mejor/peor vestidas one of the best/worst dressed women¿cómo iba vestido? — con vaqueros what was he wearing? — jeansvestido DE algo:iba vestida de azul she was wearing bluesus padres querían verla vestida de blanco her parents wanted to see her walk down the aisleapareció en la recepción vestido de calle he turned up at the reception in casual clothesiba vestido de verano he was wearing summer clothes¿de qué vas a ir vestido? what are you going to go as?1 (ropa) clothes (pl), dressla historia del vestido the history of costume2 (de mujer) dress3 ( Col) (de hombre) suitCompuestos:party dress o frockevening dresswedding dress o gown* * *
Del verbo vestir: ( conjugate vestir)
vestido es:
el participio
Multiple Entries:
vestido
vestir
vestido 1◊ -da adjetivo
dressed;
bien vestido well/badly dressed;
¿cómo iba vestido? what was he wearing?;
iba vestida de azul she was wearing blue;
vestido de uniforme in uniform;
¿de qué vas a ir vestido? what are you going to go as?
vestido 2 sustantivo masculino
◊ vestido de baño (Col) swimsuit;
vestido de noche evening dress;
vestido de novia wedding dress o gown
vestir ( conjugate vestir) verbo transitivo
1
2 (liter o period) ( llevar puesto) to wear
verbo intransitivo
1 [ persona] to dress;
vestido de algo ‹de uniforme/azul›) to wear sth;
vestido de etiqueta to wear formal dress
2 ( ser elegante):
de vestido ‹traje/zapatos› smart
vestirse verbo pronominal ( refl)
◊ date prisa, vístete hurry up, get dressedb) ( de cierta manera):
se viste a la última moda she wears the latest styles;
siempre se viste de verde she always wears greenc) ( disfrazarse) vestidose de algo to dress up as sth
vestido,-a
I adjetivo dressed
bien vestido, well dressed
vestido de calle, in casual clothes
vestido de paisano, in plain clothes
II sustantivo masculino
1 (prenda femenina) dress
2 (vestimenta) clothes pl
vestir
I verbo transitivo
1 (poner la ropa a alguien) to dress
frml to clothe
2 (llevar puesto) to wear: vestía un traje gris, he was wearing a grey suit
II verbo intransitivo
1 (llevar) to dress
viste de rojo, she's wearing red
vestir bien, to dress well
(ser apropiado, elegante) to look smart
' vestido' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
ancha
- ancho
- atrevida
- atrevido
- bajar
- bien
- botija
- cancán
- capricho
- cola
- derramar
- desabrocharse
- descocada
- descocado
- diaria
- diario
- encapricharse
- favorecer
- fleco
- floripondio
- frunce
- hacer
- hechura
- hilaridad
- holgura
- insinuante
- jirón
- llamativa
- llamativo
- manga
- marcar
- marinera
- marinero
- marras
- moda
- noche
- oliva
- peinada
- peinado
- piltrafa
- pisar
- propia
- propio
- remangar
- remangarse
- resaltar
- rica
- rico
- sencilla
- sencillo
English:
alter
- bodice
- clad
- crumple
- dead
- do up
- dowdy
- drag
- dress
- elegantly
- evening gown
- fasten
- flair
- flattering
- flowing
- fringe
- frock
- frumpy
- full-length
- gown
- gymslip
- half-dressed
- hue
- in
- lengthen
- livid
- loose
- low
- low-necked
- much
- must
- number
- plain
- probably
- red
- run up
- scruffily
- shabbily
- shoulder strap
- smock
- smooth
- stain
- strap
- strapless
- stunning
- the
- train
- try on
- unhook
- wedding dress
* * *vestido, -a♦ adjdressed;una mujer muy bien vestida a very well-dressed woman;iba vestido con ropa de trabajo he was dressed in o wearing his work clothes;ir vestido de [blanco, negro] to be dressed in;[marinero, príncipe] to be dressed as;iba vestida de monja she was dressed as a nun, she was in nun's clothing♦ nm1. [indumentaria] clothes, clothing;el vestido a través de los siglos clothing o costume through the ages2. [prenda femenina] dressRP vestido maternal maternity dress;vestido de novia wedding dress;vestido premamá maternity dressvestido de baño swimsuit;vestido de baño enterizo one-piece swimsuit;vestido de baño de dos piezas two-piece swimsuit, bikini;vestido deportivo tracksuit* * *I adj dressed;bien vestido well dressedII m1 dress2 L.Am.de hombre suit* * *vestido nm1) : dress, costume, clothes pl2) : dress (garment)* * *
См. также в других словарях:
An American Girl: Chrissa Stands Strong — Directed by Martha Coolidge Screenplay by Christine Coyle Johnson Julie Prend … Wikipedia
Make Way for Tomorrow — UK Blu Ray cover Directed by Leo McCarey Produced by … Wikipedia
The Way We Were (The O.C. episode) — Infobox Television episode Colour = #ffaa44 Series = The O.C. Title = The Way We Were Season = 2 (2004 2005) Caption = Ryan catches Marissa and D.J. Episode = 2 Airdate = start date|2004|11|11 (FOX) Writer = Allan Heinberg Director = Michael… … Wikipedia
Kant’s moral and political philosophy — Don Becker Practical philosophy, for Kant, is concerned with how one ought to act. His first important work in practical philosophy, Foundations of the Metaphysics of Morals, provides Kant’s argument for the fundamental principle of how one ought … History of philosophy
pottery — /pot euh ree/, n., pl. potteries. 1. ceramic ware, esp. earthenware and stoneware. 2. the art or business of a potter; ceramics. 3. a place where earthen pots or vessels are made. [1475 85; POTTER1 + Y3] * * * I One of the oldest and most… … Universalium
Hellenistic biological sciences — R.J.Kankinson The five centuries that separate Aristotle’s death in 322 BC from Galen’s ascendancy in Rome in the latter part of the second century AD were fertile ones for the biological sciences, in particular medicine. Nor is the period solely … History of philosophy
MEDICINE AND LAW — This article is arranged according to the following outline: introduction Judicial Decision – A Value Determination the values of a jewish and democratic state in the image of god PHYSICIAN S DUTIES AND PATIENTS RIGHTS the physician and the judge … Encyclopedia of Judaism
Liz Parker — articleissues unreferenced = July 2008 rewrite = August 2008 in universe = September 2008Infobox character name = Liz Parker series = Roswell colour = #FCCBD7 colour text = #CC2200 caption = Shiri Appleby as Liz Parker portrayer = Shiri Appleby… … Wikipedia
List of Onedin Line episodes — The Onedin Line episode list shows details of the 91 episodes of the BBC television series The Onedin Line. Contents 1 Series 1 2 Series 2 3 … Wikipedia
List of Shijō Saikyō no Deshi Kenichi characters — This article is a list of characters from the anime and manga series Shijō Saikyō no Deshi Kenichi created by Syun Matsuena. Note the names are in Western order, with the given names first. The Ryōzanpaku DojoThe Ryōzanpaku Dojo is home to elite… … Wikipedia
Nietzsche, Friedrich Wilhelm — Nietzsche Robin Small LIFE AND PERSONALITY Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche (1844–1900) is one of those thinkers whose personalities cannot easily be separated from their achievements in philosophy. This is not because his life was an unusually… … History of philosophy